B-75114en 04

Robot and Machine Tool Integration Function
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
B-75114EN/04
• Original Instructions
Thank you very much for purchasing FANUC Robot.

Before using the Robot, be sure to read the "FANUC Robot SAFETY HANDBOOK (B-80687EN)" and
understand the content.
• No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form.

• The appearance and specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
The products in this manual are controlled based on Japan’s “Foreign Exchange and
Foreign Trade Law”. The export of Series 30i-MODEL A/B, Series 31i-MODEL A5/B5 from
Japan is subject to an export license by government of Japan. Other models in this manual
may also be subject to export controls.
Further, re-export to another country may be subject to the license of the government of
the country from where the product is re-exported. Furthermore, the product may also be
controlled by re-export regulations of the United States government.
Should you wish to export or re-export these products, please contact FANUC for advice.
In this manual, we endeavor to include all pertinent matters. There are, however, a very
large number of operations that must not or cannot be performed, and if the manual
contained them all, it would be enormous in volume. It is, therefore, requested to assume
that any operations that are not explicitly described as being possible are "not possible".
B-75114EN/04 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
In this section, the safety instructions for use in a system that Machine Tool equipped with CNC (hereinafter
called Machine Tool) and Robot are connected are described. In design of a system that consists of Machine
Tool and Robot, adequate risk assessment is necessary and it is need to take safety measures according to the
result of risk assessment. Please read carefully this section to understand the safety instructions for use.
If the description in this manual is different from this section, the description in this section is effective.
Refer to “RELATED MANUAL” for the following manual numbers.
• About the safety instructions for use and usage of CNC, refer to Common to Lathe
System/Machining Center System OPERATOR’S MANUAL corresponding to your
using CNC.
• About the safety instructions for use of Robot, refer to “FANUC Robot SAFETY
HANDBOOK”.
• About usage of Robot, refer to the following manuals corresponding to your using
robot controller.
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR’S
MANUAL
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER LR HANDLING TOOL
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus
CONTROLLER OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Basic Operation)
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus
CONTROLLER OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Alarm Code List)
If necessary, refer to the following manuals.
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Plus
CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
And, refer to the operator’s manual for mechanical unit corresponding to your using
mechanical unit, too.
• About the safety instructions for use and usage of Machine Tool, refer to the manual
published by Machine Tool Builder.
Index
DEFINITION OF SAFETY NOTATIONS -------------------------------------------------------------------------- s-2
RELATED MANUAL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- s-2
CONNECTION TO EMERGENCY STOP CIRCUIT ------------------------------------------------------------- s-4
CONNECTION TO SAFETY FENCE SIGNAL ------------------------------------------------------------------- s-4
SAFETY DOOR OF MACHINE TOOL ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- s-5
IN CASE THAT ROBOT IS OPERATED ON CNC OPERATOR’S PANEL --------------------------------- s-5
IN CASE THAT CNC OPERATOR’S PANEL IS PLACED INSIDE SAFETY FENACE ------------------ s-6
ABOUT LADDER PROGRAM IN CNC ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- s-6
ABOUT DIFFERENCE BY THE TYPE OF CNC ----------------------------------------------------------------- s-6
ABOUT TOUCH PANEL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- s-6
s-1
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS B-75114EN/04
DEFINITION OF SAFETY NOTATIONS

This manual contains safety precautions against injury and property damage. Those precautions are labeled
“Warning” or “Caution”, according to the degree of importance. Supplementary explanation is given under
“Note”. Before starting to use a machine and a robot, carefully read the “Warning”, “Caution” and “Note”.
WARNING
Failure to follow the instruction given under “Warning” can cause fatal or serious
injury to the user. This information is indicated in bold type in a box so that it can
be easily distinguished from the main body of this manual.
CAUTION
Failure to follow the instruction given under “Caution” can cause injury to the
user or property damage. This information is indicated in a box so that it can be
easily distinguished from the main body of this manual.
NOTE
The information given under “Note” is a supplementary explanation, which is
neither a warning nor a caution.
• Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.
RELATED MANUAL
The related manuals with this function are as follows. Refer to these manuals according to need.
Name Drawing No.
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64483EN
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64485EN
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System B-64484EN
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
FANUC Series 35i -MODEL B CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64523JA
FANUC Series 35i -MODEL B MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64525EN
FANUC Series 35i -MODEL B OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-64524EN
FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64573EN
FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64575EN
FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-64574EN
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL A CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-63943EN
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL A MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-63945EN
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL A Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System B-63944EN
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
s-2
Name Drawing No.
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL A PMC PROGRAMMING MANUAL B-63983EN
FANUC PICTURE OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-66284EN

(NOTE1)
FANUC Series 0i -MODEL D CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64303EN
FANUC Series 0i -MODEL D MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64305EN
FANUC Series 0i -MODEL D Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System B-64304EN

OPERATOR’S MANUAL
FANUC Series 0i -MODEL D FL-net Board CONNECTION MANUAL B-64453EN
FANUC Series 0i -MODEL D PMC PROGRAMMING MANUAL B-64393EN
FANUC Series 0i -MODEL F CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64603EN
FANUC Series 0i -MODEL F MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64605EN
FANUC Series 0i -MODEL F Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System B-64604EN

OPERATOR’S MANUAL
FANUC Series 30i-MODEL A/B, Series 31i-MODEL A/B, Series 32i-MODEL A/B, Series B-64163EN
35i-MODEL B, Power Motion i-MODEL A, Series 0i-MODEL F FL-net Board
CONNECTION MANUAL
FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B, Series 31i-MODEL B, Series 32i-MODEL B, Series B-64513EN
35i-MODEL B, Power Motion i-MODEL A, FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F PMC
FANUC Robot SAFETY HANDBOOK B-80687EN
FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-82595EN
FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-82725EN
FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Plus CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-83195EN
FANUC Robot Series R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER B-83525EN

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-82594EN-2 or
B-83124EN-2
FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER LR HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR’S B-82724EN-1 or
MANUAL B-83134EN-1
FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER B-83284EN
OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Basic Operation)
FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER B-83284EN-1
OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Alarm Code List)
FANUC Robot Series R-30iA/R-30iA Mate/R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate B-82674EN
Plus CONTROLLER FL-net Interface OPERATOR’S MANUAL
FANUC Robot Series R-30iA/ R-30iA Mate/R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate B-82974EN
Plus CONTROLLER Ethernet Function OPERARTOR’S MANUAL
FANUC Robot Series R-30iA/ R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER Dual Check Safety Function B-83104EN
(ISO 13849-1:2006 COMPLIANT) Operation Manual
Dual Check Safety Function Operation Manual
FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER Integrated PMC OPERARTOR’S MANUAL B-82614EN
Integrated PMC OPERARTOR’S MANUAL
s-3
NOTE
1 FANUC PICTURE OPERARTOR’S MANUAL (B-66284EN) is common to
30i/31i/32i-A/B, 35i-B, Power Motion i –A, 0i-D and 0i-F .
2 About the manual of the robot mechanical unit, the manuals for every robot type
exist. Refer to the operator’s manual for mechanical unit corresponding to your
using mechanical unit.
CONNECTION TO EMERGENCY STOP CIRCUIT

Connect emergency stop circuit so that both the machine tool and the robot are in emergency stop status,
when the emergency stop button of either machine tool or the robot is pressed.
• As the method of emergency stop of the system, the emergency stop of both the machine tool and
the robot are used. If only the shut down of servo power is required, use the servo off signal in
the robot controller.
• Connect the emergency stop signal to the EES1, EES11, EES2, EES21 (for dual chain controller)
or EXEMGIN1, EXEMGIN2 (for single chain controller) input signal in the robot controller.
• Connect the servo off signal to the EGS1, EGS11, EGS2, EGS21 (for dual chain controller) or
SVOFF1, SVPFF2 (for single chain controller) input signal in the robot controller.
• For explanation about how to connect, refer to one of the following manuals corresponding to
your using robot controller.
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Plus CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- FANUC Robot Series R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CONNECTION TO SAFETY FENCE SIGNAL

Place the safety fence so that the motion range of the robot is surrounded completely, and connect the
signal which indicates the open/close status of the fence to the robot controller.
• Connect the safety fence signal to EAS1, EAS11, EAS2, EAS21 (for dual chain controller) or
FENCE1, FENCE2 (for single chain controller) in the robot controller so that the robot is
stopped immediately when the safety fence is opened during automatic operation of the robot.
When the robot controller is T1 mode or T2 mode, even if the safety fence is opened, it is
possible to operate the robot by the robot teach pendant. When the robot controller is T2 mode,
because the special speed limitation at program execution is none, it is need to take safety
measures adequately.
• By Dual Check Safety (DCS) position check function, it is possible to narrow the motion range
of the robot safely. In order to narrow the motion range of the robot by DCS position check
function, read “FANUC Robot Series R-30iA / R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER Dual Check Safety
Function (ISO 13849-1:2006 COMPLIANT) Operation Manual” or “FANUC Robot Series
R-30iB / R-30iB Mate / R-30iB Plus / R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER Dual Check Safety
Function Operation Manual” carefully, and adequate risk assessment is required. For DCS
position check function, special hardware for DCS is needed, and DCS position check function is
software option of the robot controller.
• If it is need to stop not only the robot but also the machine tool when the safety fence is opened
during automatic operation, connect the signal which indicates the open/close status of the safety
fence to CNC.
s-4
SAFETY DOOR OF MACHINE TOOL

Connect the signal which indicates the open/close state of safety door of the machine tool to CNC.
• In the system that the safety door of the machine tool limits the operator entering into the motion
range of the robot, connect the signal which indicates the open/close state of safety door of the
machine tool to the robot controller as the safety fence signal in the robot controller.
Machine Tool and Robot (1)
IN CASE THAT ROBOT IS OPERATED ON CNC OPERATOR’S

PANEL
In case that the robot is operated on CNC operator’s panel, place the CNC operator’s panel out of the
motion range of the robot and the safety fence.
• In order to operate the robot on CNC operator’s panel, it is required that the robot controller is
AUTO mode and the safety fence is closed.
s-5
IN CASE THAT CNC OPERATOR’S PANEL IS PLACED INSIDE

SAFETY FENCE
• In case that CNC operator’s panel is placed inside the safety fence, it is not possible to operate
the robot by CNC operator’s panel. Do not display Robot Remote Operation Screen on CNC
operator’s panel.
ABOUT LADDER PROGRAM IN CNC

About following 2 functions, a sample ladder program is provided.
• The ladder program for system running to operate CNC interlocking with the robot.
• The ladder program for remote operation screen to operate the robot by the operation on CNC
screen.
Customize these ladder programs in accordance with the specification of the machine applied this ladder
program. And, test the performance of these ladder programs adequately.
ABOUT DIFFERENCE BY TYPE OF CNC

In this book, 30i is used for the explanation of CNC. The display color and word might be somewhat
different for other CNC.
ABOUT TOUCH PANEL

Please be careful of the following points about the touch panel on CNC operator’s panel and the robot
teach pendant.
• Please operate the touch panel using finger or the special pen for touch panel. The operation by the
instrument which tip is sharp like as a writing pen may cause the trouble of touch panel.
• When two or more points on touch panel are touched at the same time, the detected point may be
different from the touched points. Please touch only one point on touch panel per one action.
Caution about CNC operator’s panel

• Please do not make the touch panel operation screen where two points or more are pushed at the same
time. When two points or more are pushed at the same time, the touch panel might work as if the
s-6
center of the points was pushed. In this case, there is a possibility of the accident due to the
mis-output and the malfunction.
• Please do not include the following operations to the touch panel screen.
- Operation related to safeties of life and significant damage, etc.
- Operation that requires emergency and real-time action
There is a possibility of the accident due to the mis-output and the malfunction when the main body,
the unit, and the cable, etc. break down.
Moreover, there is no guarantee of the real time action of the screen.
Caution about robot teach pendant

When the following window is displayed on the robot teach pendant, the touch panel of the robot teach
pendant may break down. In this case, please turn off the power of the robot controller, then replace the
robot teach pendant.
Warning display for the touch panel error
s-7
B-75114EN/04 TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................ s-1
1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................. 1
1.1 NECESSARY SOFTWARE OPTION ............................................................. 2
1.2 CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT .......................................................... 5
1.3 NECESSARY ITEMS FOR CNC ................................................................... 5
1.4 NOTE IN THE ROBOT CONTROLLER ......................................................... 6
1.4.1 Note in R-30iA/R-30iA Mate Controller ................................................................. 6
1.4.2 Note in R-30iB Mate Controller or Later ................................................................. 6
2 CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT ................................................... 7

2.1 CNC NUMBER .............................................................................................. 8
2.2 CONNECTION AND SETTING OF I/O TRANSMISSION .............................. 8
2.2.1 Wiring when FL-net is Used .................................................................................... 9
2.2.2 Wiring when I/O Link is Used ................................................................................. 9
2.2.3 Settings of FL-net ................................................................................................... 10
2.2.3.1 Setting in CNC................................................................................................... 11
2.2.3.2 Setting in robot controller .................................................................................. 13
2.2.3.3 Connection retry of data communication ........................................................... 15
2.2.4 Settings of I/O Link ................................................................................................ 16
2.2.4.1 Setting in CNC................................................................................................... 16
2.2.4.3 Connection retry of data communication ........................................................... 18
2.3 CONNECTION AND SETTING OF DATA COMMUNICATION ................... 19
2.3.1 Wiring for Data Communication ............................................................................ 19
2.3.2 Setting of Data Communication ............................................................................. 20
2.3.2.1 Setting in CNC................................................................................................... 20
2.4 TEMPORARY SEPARATION OF CNC ....................................................... 23
2.4.1 Separation of CNC when Using FL-net ................................................................. 23
2.4.2 Separation of CNC when Using I/O Link .............................................................. 23
3 SETTING AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC ............................................... 24

3.1 OUTLINE ..................................................................................................... 25
3.2 DATA ARAE OF ROBOT CONNECTION FUNCTION ................................ 27
3.3 BUTTON ON MACHINE OPERATOR’S PANEL ......................................... 29
3.4 ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION SCRREN.................................................. 29
3.5 SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAM FOR SYSTEM OPERATION ..................... 32
3.6 SETTINGS IN ALLOCATION SCREEN ....................................................... 34
3.7 SETTING OF ROBOT STATUS .................................................................. 37
4 SETTING IN ROBOT ............................................................................. 42
4.1 SETTING REFERENCE POSITION ............................................................ 42
4.2 SETTING JOG FRAME ............................................................................... 43
4.3 TRANSFER I/O COMMENTS IN ROBOT CONTROLLER .......................... 45
4.4 SETTING ALARM MESSAGE TRANSFER ................................................. 46
4.5 SETTING STEP OF OVERRIDE CHANGE ................................................. 47
4.6 SETTING PROGRAM NUMBER SELECTION (PNS) ................................. 48
c-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-75114EN/04
4.7 SETTING INTERFERENCE PREVENTION SPACE ................................... 48

4.8 SETTING FOR CNC OPERATION SCREEN .............................................. 50
4.9 SETTING FOR ROBOT JOG FEED OPERATION FROM CNC .................. 52
5 ROBOT SCREEN ON CNC ................................................................... 53
5.1 ROBOT STATUS SCREEN ......................................................................... 53
5.2 ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT SCREEN ...................................................... 56
5.3 ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION SCREEN .................................................. 60
6 CNC SCREEN ON ROBOT ................................................................... 68
6.1 CNC STATUS DISPLAY SCREEN .............................................................. 68
6.1.1 CNC Actual Position Screen .................................................................................. 71
6.1.2 CNC Alarm Screen ................................................................................................. 72
6.1.3 CNC Message Screen ............................................................................................. 73
6.1.4 CNC Running Program Screen .............................................................................. 73
6.1.5 I/O Screen ............................................................................................................... 74
6.2 CNC OPERATION SCREEN ....................................................................... 75
6.2.1 Machine Tool Operation Screen ............................................................................. 77
6.2.2 Tool Offset Screen.................................................................................................. 80
7 INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT ........................................ 90

7.1 INTERLOCK BETWEEN NC PROGRAM AND ROBOT PROGRAM .......... 90
7.1.1 Interface Signals to Interlock Program ................................................................... 91
7.1.2 Start of Robot Program by CNC ............................................................................ 96
7.1.3 Recovery from Failure of a Robot Program ........................................................... 97
7.1.4 Overlap Start........................................................................................................... 98
7.1.5 Connection between Multiple CNCs and Robot .................................................... 99
7.1.6 Failure to Interlock Program ................................................................................ 101
7.2 ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION ON CNC ................................................ 102
7.2.1 Interface Signals for Robot Remote Operation .................................................... 102
7.2.2 Condition for Robot Remote Operation ............................................................... 106
7.2.3 Acquire and Release the Right for Remote Operation ......................................... 106
7.2.4 Detail of Robot Remote Operation ....................................................................... 107
7.2.5 Connection between Multiple CNCs and Robot .................................................. 108
7.3 MACHINE TOOL OPERATION ON ROBOT TEACH PENDANT .............. 109
7.3.1 Interface Signals for Machine Tool Operation ..................................................... 110
7.3.2 Create Ladder Program in CNC ........................................................................... 113
7.3.3 Connection between Multiple CNCs and Robot .................................................. 114
7.4 OTHER INTERFACE SIGNALS ................................................................ 115
8 NC PROGRAM .................................................................................... 121
8.1 OUTLINE OF CNC OPERATION .............................................................. 121
8.2 M CODE IN NC PROGRAM ...................................................................... 122
9 ROBOT PROGRAM ............................................................................ 124
9.1 THEACHING ROBOT PROGRAM TO INTERLOCK WITH MACHINE ..... 124
9.1.1 Name of Program ................................................................................................. 124
9.1.2 Basic Structure of Robot Program ........................................................................ 124
9.1.3 Example of Robot Program .................................................................................. 125
9.1.4 Attention to Teach Program ................................................................................. 128
9.2 TEACHING MACRO PROGRAM FOR REMOTE OPERATION................ 128
9.2.1 Macro Program for Remote Operation ................................................................. 129
c-2
B-75114EN/04 TABLE OF CONTENTS
9.2.2 Teaching Program for Hand Operation ................................................................ 129
9.2.3 Teaching Program for Home Position Return ...................................................... 131
10 ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM ............................................................ 132

10.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 132
10.2 STATE AND TRANSITION OF ROBOT CONTROLLER ........................... 132
10.2.1 Implementation of Robot Behavior Based on State Chart ................................... 133
10.2.2 Implementation of State Transition Using the Sequence Program ....................... 134
10.2.3 Structure of Robot Ladder Program ..................................................................... 135
10.3 RESOURCE .............................................................................................. 135
10.3.1 Usage of Internal Relays ...................................................................................... 135
10.3.2 Timer .................................................................................................................... 137
10.3.3 Keep relay............................................................................................................. 137
10.4 DETAIL OF STATE TRANSITION ............................................................. 138
10.4.1 State "Maintenance" and State "Service" ............................................................. 138
10.4.2 States Inside "Service" ......................................................................................... 139
10.4.3 State "Maintenance" and State S1~S6 .................................................................. 140
10.4.4 Access Control ..................................................................................................... 140
10.5 DETAILS OF THE STATE “REMOTE OPERATION” ................................ 140
10.5.1 Transition T1
(Remote Operation Request and the Transition to the State "Remote Operation")
.............................................................................................................................. 140
(End of Remote Operation and the Transition to the State "Idle" (S1)) ............... 141
10.5.3 Inside of the State “Remote Operation” ............................................................... 141
10.5.4 State "HAND operation" (S22) ............................................................................ 141
10.5.5 State "JOG FEED operation" (S23) ..................................................................... 141
10.5.6 State "HOME POSITION RETURN" (S24) ........................................................ 141
10.5.7 Override Change................................................................................................... 142
10.5.8 Macros Launched on the Entry and Exit of Remote Operation ........................... 142
10.5.9 Remote Operation Run ......................................................................................... 142
10.6 DETAILS OF THE STATE “MACHINE INTERLOCK OPERATION” .......... 142
10.6.1 State Transition of CNC ....................................................................................... 142
10.6.2 Keeping of Program Call from CNC .................................................................... 144
10.6.3 Program Call and Queue ...................................................................................... 144
10.6.4 Discard of Program Call Request in the Queue .................................................... 144
10.6.5 Transition T3 (Program Call Request from the Queue) ....................................... 144
10.6.6 State "launching" (S3) .......................................................................................... 144
10.6.7 Transition T4 (Failure to Launch) ........................................................................ 145
10.6.8 Transition T5 (Successful Program Launching)................................................... 145
10.6.9 State "running" (S4) ............................................................................................. 145
10.6.10 Transition T6 (Program end) ................................................................................ 145
10.6.11 State "finished" (S5) ............................................................................................. 145
10.6.12 Transition T7 ........................................................................................................ 145
10.7 BEHAVIOR OF OTHER SIGNALS ............................................................ 145
10.7.1 READY Signal and Not READY Signal. ............................................................ 145
10.7.2 FAILED Signal..................................................................................................... 145
10.7.3 UO Signals ........................................................................................................... 146
10.7.4 UI Signals ............................................................................................................. 146
10.7.5 HOLD Signal ........................................................................................................ 146
10.7.6 CSTOPI Signal ..................................................................................................... 146
10.7.7 Resume ................................................................................................................. 146
10.7.8 Reset from CNC ................................................................................................... 146
10.7.9 Override Output .................................................................................................... 146
c-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-75114EN/04
10.7.10 Robot Power On ................................................................................................... 147

10.7.11 Program Reply ...................................................................................................... 147
10.8 USAGE OF BUILT-IN FUNCTIONS OF THE ROBOT CONTROLLER ..... 147
10.8.1 Macro Commands ................................................................................................ 147
10.8.2 Robot Program Status (D0001, PGRUNC, PGABTC, PGENDC) ...................... 147
10.8.3 Robot JOG FEED Operation from CNC .............................................................. 148
10.8.4 Heart Beat Signal of Machine Tool Operation Screen ......................................... 148
10.8.5 FENCE OPEN Signal and I/O Interconnect ......................................................... 148
10.8.6 EMERGENCY STOP .......................................................................................... 148
10.9 DETAILS OF SEQUENCE PROGRAMS ................................................... 149
10.9.1 LEVEL1 ............................................................................................................... 150
10.9.2 LEVEL2 ............................................................................................................... 150
10.9.3 P0001 (USER1) ~ Customized READY Signal ................................................... 150
10.9.4 P0002 (USER2) ~ Multiple CNC Control............................................................ 151
10.9.5 P0003 and P0004 .................................................................................................. 151
10.9.6 P0005, P0007, P0009, P0011 (NCnIN) ................................................................ 151
10.9.7 P0006, P0008, P0010, P0012 (NCnOUT) ............................................................ 151
10.9.8 P0013 (NC_HND) ................................................................................................ 151
10.9.9 P0014 (NC_PNS) ................................................................................................. 152
10.9.10 P0015 (MVHOME) .............................................................................................. 152
10.9.11 P0016 (OVRUD) .................................................................................................. 152
10.9.12 P0017 (PRGC)...................................................................................................... 152
10.9.13 P0018 (CUE) ........................................................................................................ 153
10.9.14 P0019 (CNCJOG) ~ Heart beat of Machine Tool Operation Screen ................... 153
10.9.15 P0021~ P0024 (NCnT3G) .................................................................................... 154
10.9.16 P0025 and P0026 (JOG FEED Operation of Robot from CNC) .......................... 154
10.9.17 P0027 (T1T2) ....................................................................................................... 154
10.9.18 P0028 (S2STAT) .................................................................................................. 154
10.9.19 P0029, P0030, P0031, P0032 Signals for Machine Tool Operation Screen ........ 155
10.9.20 P0044, P0045 Transfer between Internal Relays and F Addresses/ G Addresses
(R-30iB/ R-30iB Mate Controller or Later) ......................................................... 155
10.10 LIST OF INTERNAL RELAYS ................................................................... 155
10.11 NOTES ...................................................................................................... 174
10.11.1 Unused Subprogram ............................................................................................. 174
10.11.2 Unused Internal Relays ........................................................................................ 174
APPENDIX
A STANDARD SETTING ........................................................................ 177
A.1 SETTING VALUE IN CNC ......................................................................... 177
A.1.1 Setting for Robot Connection Function................................................................ 177
A.1.2 Setting PMC Parameter ........................................................................................ 178
A.2 SETTING VALUE IN ROBOT CONTROLLER ........................................... 178
A.2.1 Type of Setting Value and Applicable Condition ................................................ 178
A.2.2 Standard Setting Value List in Robot Controller ................................................. 179
A.3 FL-net PARAMETER ................................................................................. 184
A.3.1 Common Item ....................................................................................................... 184
A.3.2 FL-net Parameters in CNC ................................................................................... 185
A.3.3 FL-net Parameters in Robot Controller ................................................................ 186
B ALARM ................................................................................................ 188

B.1 ALARM IN CNC ......................................................................................... 188
B.2 ALARM IN ROBOT CONTROLLER........................................................... 188
c-4
B-75114EN/04 1. OVERVIEW
1 OVERVIEW
This function enables you to connect the machine tool with the robot, and to make them cooperate.
It is composed of the following three functions.
Function to connect CNC with robot (CNC and robot)

• Easy connection of CNC and Robot
The standard interface signal is defined in both CNC and the robot to connect CNC and the robot
easily, and the ladder program based on the standard interface signal is provided.
Please refer to the following chapters.

- About the connection and the setting of CNC and the robot
・2. CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT
・3. SETTING AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC
・4. SETTING IN ROBOT
- About the standard interface signal between CNC and the robot, NC program and robot program
・7. INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT
・8. NC PROGRAM
・9. ROBOT PROGRAM
・10. ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM
Function to display the robot status and to operate robot at CNC（CNC）

• Robot status display
The state of I/O and the alarm of the robot are displayed in CNC.
• Robot program management
The robot program is managed in the combination of the NC program.
• Robot remote operation
The sample screen and the sample ladder program are provided. They are used for operating the
robot remotely from CNC.
Please refer to the following chapter.

・5. ROBOT SCREEN ON CNC
Function to display CNC status and to operate CNC at robot (robot)

• CNC status display
The status of CNC is displayed on the robot teach pendant.
• CNC operation
Machine Tool Operation and Input of Tool Offset in CNC can be done on the robot teach pendant.
Please refer to the following chapter.

・6. CNC SCREEN ON ROBOT
-1-
1. OVERVIEW B-75114EN/04
1.1 NECESSARY SOFTWARE OPTION

To use this function, a software option is necessary in both CNC and the robot controller. Table 1.1(a)
shows a supported model and necessary software option in each of CNC and the robot controller.
Table1.1 (a) Supported model and necessary option

Supported model option
CNC Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B ・Robot connection function（A02B-xxxx-R683）
Power Motion i-A where “xxxx” is
0323 : FANUC Series 30i -MODEL B
0326 : FANUC Series 31i -MODEL B5
0334 : FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A
Series 30i/31i/32i-A ・Robot connection function（A02B-xxxx-R683）
where “xxxx” is
0303 : FANUC Series 30i -MODEL A
0306 : FANUC Series 31i -MODEL A5
Series 0i-D ・Robot connection function（A02B-xxxx-R683）
where “xxxx” is
0319 : FANUC Series 0i MODEL-TD
0320 : FANUC Series 0i MODEL-MD
Series 0i-F ・Robot connection function（A02B-xxxx-R683）
where “xxxx” is
0339 : FANUC Series 0i MODEL-TF
0340 : FANUC Series 0i MODEL-MF
Robot controller R-30iB/R-30iB Mate ・Machine Tool Easy Setup & Connection（A05B-2600-R808）
or later
R-30iA/R-30iA Mate ・Machine Tool connection function（A05B-2500-J984）
Moreover, the following options are necessary depending on the connection method between CNC and
the robot controller and the function to use.
About the value and the meaning of middle number xxxx in drawing number in the following description,
please refer to the column corresponding to CNC model in above table 1.1(a).
Robot Controller
Table 1.1(b) shows the type of I/O transmission and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (b) Type of I/O transmission and necessary option

Type of I/O transmission Necessary option in robot controller
I/O Link <None>
FL-net ・FL-net Interface (A05B-2600-J759 : R-30iB/R-30iB Mate or later)
(A05B-2500-J759 : R-30iA/R-30iA Mate)
The Ethernet is a standard function in robot controller. Therefore, option is unnecessary.
-2-
Series 30i/31i/32i-B
Table 1.1(c) shows the type of I/O transmission and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (c) Type of I/O transmission and necessary option

Type of I/O transmission Necessary option in CNC
I/O Link <None>
FL-net ・FL-net function (A02B-xxxx-J692)
Table 1.1(d) shows a type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (d) Type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option
Type of Ethernet communication Necessary option in CNC
Embedded Ethernet <None>
Multi-function Ethernet or ・Ethernet function (A02B-xxxx-S707)

FAST Ethernet board ・Fast Ethernet software (A02B-0323-J561#658K)
When the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen provided as a sample program of FANUC PICTURE
is used in CNC, the option shown in Table 1.1(e) is necessary.
Table 1.1 (e) Necessary option for ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen
Function to use Necessary option in CNC
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION ・ FANUC PICTURE function (A02B-xxxx-S879) or
screen FANUC PICTURE function for non-touch panel display
(A02B-xxxx-S944) or
FANUC PICTURE Executor (A02B-xxxx-R644)
Series 35i-B, Power Motion i-A

Table 1.1(f) shows the type of I/O transmission and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (f) Type of I/O transmission and necessary option

I/O Link <None>
Table 1.1(g) shows a type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (g) Type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option
Multi-function Ethernet or ・Ethernet function (A02B-xxxx-S707)

FAST Ethernet board ・Fast Ethernet software (A02B-xxxx-J561#658K)
is used in CNC, the option shown in Table 1.1(h) is necessary.
Table 1.1 (h) Necessary option for ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION ・ FANUC PICTURE function (A02B-xxxx-R708) or
screen FANUC PICTURE Executor (A02B-xxxx-R644)
-3-
Series 30i/31i/32i-A
Table 1.1(i) shows the type of I/O transmission and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (i) Type of I/O transmission and necessary option

I/O Link <None>
Table 1.1(j) shows a type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (j) Type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option
FAST Ethernet board ・Ethernet function (A02B-xxxx-S707)
・Control software function for Fast Ethernet (A02B-0303-J561#6569)
FL-net/Ethernet coexisting function ・Ethernet function (A02B-xxxx-S707)
・FL-net/Ethernet coexisting function (A02B-xxxx-R951)
is used in CNC, the option shown in Table 1.1(k) is necessary.
Table 1.1 (k)

Necessary option for ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION ・ FANUC PICTURE function (A02B-xxxx-S879) or
screen FANUC PICTURE function for non-touch panel display
(A02B-xxxx-S944)
Series 0i-D
Table 1.1(l) shows the type of I/O transmission and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (l) Type of I/O transmission and necessary option

I/O Link <None>
Table 1.1(m) shows a type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (m) Type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option
FAST Ethernet board ・Ethernet function (A02B-xxxx-S707)
・Control software function for Fast Ethernet (A02B-0319-J561#658W)
is used in CNC, the option shown in Table 1.1(n) is necessary.
Table 1.1 (n)

ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION ・ FANUC PICTURE function (A02B-xxxx-R644)
screen ・ Custom software size (Equal to or more than 4MB)
(A02B-xxxx-J738#?M) where "?" is Custom software size.
-4-
Series 0i-F
Table 1.1(o) shows the type of I/O transmission and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (o) Type of I/O transmission and necessary option

I/O Link <None>
FL-net (Type 1 only) ・FL-net function (A02B-xxxx-J692)
Table 1.1(p) shows a type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option.
Table 1.1 (p) Type of Ethernet communication in CNC and necessary option
FAST Ethernet board (Type 1 only) ・Ethernet function (A02B-xxxx-S707)
is used in CNC, the option shown in Table 1.1(q) is necessary.
Table 1.1 (q)

ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION ・ FANUC PICTURE function (A02B-xxxx-R644)
screen ・ Custom software size (Equal to or more than 4MB)
(A02B-xxxx-J738#?M) where "?" is Custom software size.
1.2 CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT

To use this function, CNC and the robot controller are connected by I/O transmission and data
communication.
• FL-net or I/O Link is used for I/O transmission.

• Ethernet is used for the data communication. The data communication is dispensable. But when the
data communication is not used, there is a limitation of the function. The following functions cannot
be used.
- Transmission of I/O comment from the robot controller to CNC
- Display of alarm message generated in the robot controller on the ROBOT STATUS screen of
CNC
- Display of CNC status on the teach pendant of robot controller
- Machine Tool operation by the teach pendant of robot controller
- Input of Tool Offset in CNC on the teach pendant of robot controller
• Up to four CNCs can be connected to one robot.
1.3 NECESSARY ITEMS FOR CNC

To use this function, the following items are necessary for CNC.
1. PMC data area from 1:R7000 to 1:R7999

This function uses PMC data area from 1:R7000 to 1:R7999 as a default. When this area has already
been using, other area can be used.
2. Button on machine operator’s panel
Please prepare the following three buttons and switch on the machine operator’s panel.
・ Selection switch of interlock mode / stand-alone mode
・ Robot operation button
-5-
・ Cycle stop button

3. M code
Three M codes, M60, M61 and M62 are used in NC program to request the operation to the robot.
When these M codes have already been using, other M codes can be used.
For details, please refer to "3. SETTING AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC".
1.4 NOTE IN THE ROBOT CONTROLLER
1.4.1 Note in R-30iA/R-30iA Mate Controller

In R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller, there are following notes according to the software series and version.
Series 7DA5
• This option is supported at version 03.
• The connection with Series 0i-D is supported at version 06.
• The Tool Offset Screen is added at version 07. (About Tool Offset Screen, please refer to “6.2.2 Tool
Offset Screen”.)
• The connection with Series 35i-B and the connection with Power Motion i-A are not supported.
Series 7DA7
• This option is supported from first version.
• The connection with Series 35i-B and the connection with Power Motion i-A are not supported.
1.4.2 Note in R-30iB Mate Controller or Later

In R-30iB Mate controller or later, the main board with PMC is required in order to use this function.
-6-
B-75114EN/04 2. CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT
2 CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT

CNC and the robot controller are connected by using I/O transmission and data communication.
• FL-net or I/O Link is used for I/O transmission.
• Ethernet is used for data communication.
• The example of the connection between CNC and the robot is shown below.
CNC Robot
FL-net board FL-net FL-net board
Embedded Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
FL-net is used for I/O transmission (1)
CNC Robot *
FL-net board FL-net/Ethernet FL-net internal port/

Ethernet
Embedded
Ethernet
CNC Robot
FL-net/Ethernet FL-net/Ethernet FL-net board

coexisting function
Ethernet
CNC Robot *
FL-net/Ethernet FL-net/Ethernet FL-net internal port/

coexisting function Ethernet
CNC Robot
IO Link I/O Link IO Link
Embedded Ethernet
Ethernet Ethernet
I/O Link is used for I/O transmission
Fig.2 Example of the connection of CNC and robot
-7-
2. CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT B-75114EN/04
* In the robot controller, R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller do not support FL-net internal port.
This chapter explains the following content necessary for I/O transmission and data communication
between CNC and the robot.
• Connection of I/O transmission between CNC and the robot controller
• Setting of CNC and the robot controller for I/O transmission
• Connection of data communication between CNC and the robot controller
• Setting of CNC and the robot controller for data communication
2.1 CNC NUMBER

Up to four CNCs can be connected with one robot controller. The robot controller identifies connected
four CNCs by the CNC number.
The robot controller allocates the CNC number to connected CNC in order of the I/O ALLOCATION,
and outputs CNC number to each CNC by I/O signals.
CNC number is also used in data communication. In the setting of the data communication of the robot
controller, it is necessary to set the CNC number.
2.2 CONNECTION AND SETTING OF I/O TRANSMISSION

By using FL-net or I/O Link between CNC and the robot controller, I/O signals are connected as follows.
I/O signals used between one CNC and the robot controller are 256 points (bit) for each In/Out.
CNC1
DI DO
DI DO
1 1
｜｜ 1 1
256 256 ｜｜
256 256
257 257
CNC2 ｜｜
512 512
513 513
CNC3 ｜｜
768 768
769 769
CNC4 ｜｜
FL-net or I/O Link 1024 1024
Robot controller
Fig. 2.2 I/O connection of CNC and robot controller
-8-
2.2.1 Wiring when FL-net is Used

When FL-net is used, the following devices are necessary.
Table 2.2.1 Devices for FL-net connection

Devices Explanation
FL-net board The FL-net board is necessary in either CNC or the robot controller, or both CNC and
the robot controller according to the I/O connection of CNC and the robot controller.
Hub One hub is necessary. However, if there are not any branches between CNC and the
robot controller, the hub is not necessary by using cross cable to connect CNC and the
robot controller.
Ethernet cable The cable is necessary for each CNC and the robot controller.
Please connect CNC and the robot controller as shown in the following figure.
For details, please refer to FL-net board CONNECTION MANUAL corresponding to your using CNC.
About the FL-net connection in the robot controller, please refer to FANUC Robot series R-30iA/R-30iA
Mate/R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER FL-net interface
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(B-82674EN).
Hub
Robot
CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
controller
Fig. 2.2.1 Wiring of FL-net
2.2.2 Wiring when I/O Link is Used

When the robot controller and CNC are connected by I/O Link, both CNC and the robot controller are I/O
link master. In this case, I/O Link connecting unit is necessary. When I/O Link is used, the following
devices are necessary.
Table 2.2.2 Devices for I/O Link connection
Devices Explanation
I/O Link Connecting Unit The I/O Link Connecting Unit for the number of connected CNC is necessary.
Cable The signal cable and the power supply cable are necessary.
For details, please refer to CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) corresponding to your using
CNC.
Robot
CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
controller
I/O Link
Connecting
Unit
Fig. 2.2.2 Wiring of I/O Link
The DI/DO signal cannot be exchanged directly between CNCs. When the signal is exchanged between
CNCs, it is necessary to transmit signals through the robot controller.
-9-
2.2.3 Settings of FL-net

When CNC and the robot controller are connected by FL-net, necessary settings are as follows.
Node number
The node number of each equipment is fixed.
The end figure of IP address shows the node number. The node number for the robot controller is fixed as
one. The node number for CNC is assigned to be the order of the CNC number from two.
When standard 192.168.250 is used as a network address, IP address is as follows.
Table 2.2.3 Node number and IP address

Equipment Node number IP address
Robot 1 192.168.250.1
CNC1 2 192.168.250.2
CNC2 3 192.168.250.3
CNC3 4 192.168.250.4
CNC4 5 192.168.250.5
Allocation of common memory area

Common memory area 1 of FL-net is used for the communication of the data between CNC and the robot
controller. Common memory area 2 is not used.
The signals that the robot controller outputs are 1024 points (64 words), and signals for four CNCs are
included. Signals for one CNC are 256 points (16 words). 1024 points are reserved.
The signals that one CNC outputs are 256 points (16 words), and 256 points are reserved.
The ALLOCATION of the robot and CNC in the common memory area is shown as the following figure.
0
0 for CNC1
15
16
Robot controller for CNC2
Output Signals 31
32
(1024 points) for CNC3
47
48
63 for CNC4
63
64
Reserved (1024 points)
127
128
CNC1 Output Signals (256 points)
143
144
159
160
175
176
191
192
207
208
223
224
239
240
255
Fig. 2.2.3 Allocation of FL-net common memory area
- 10 -
2.2.3.1 Setting in CNC

Correspondence of common memory area and PMC area
With the standard setting, common memory area of FL-net is allocated from 1:R7400 to 1:R7911 of PMC
area. In this case, correspondence of common memory area and PMC area is as follows.
0 1:R7400
0 for CNC1 Robot to CNC1
15 1:R7431
16 1:R7432
Robot for CNC2 Robot to CNC2
Controller 31 1:R7463
32 1:R7464
(1024 points) for CNC3 Robot to CNC3
47 1:R7495
48 1:R7496
63 for CNC4 Robot to CNC4
63 1:R7527
64 1:R7528
Reserved (1024 points) Reserved
127 1:R7655
128 1:R7656
CNC1 (256 points) CNC1 to Robot
143 1:R7687
144 1:R7688
159 1:R7719
160 1:R7720
175 1:R7751
176 1:R7752
191 1:R7783
192 1:R7784
207 1:R7815
208 1:R7816
223 1:R7847
224 1:R7848
239 1:R7879
240 1:R7880
255 1:R7911
Common memory area 1 (Unit is word) PMC area (Unit is byte)
Fig. 2.2.3.1(a) Correspondence of common memory area and PMC area
Confirmation of power supply of robot controller

Even if the power supply of the robot controller becomes off, the output signals of the robot controller
connected via FL-net are not turned off. Therefore, the function of FL-net, "List of Participating Nodes",
is used to confirm whether the power supply of the robot is ON or OFF. This function outputs to PMC
area the signals indicating whether each node is now participating in the network or not. This function
uses 32 bytes of PMC area.
With the standard setting, list of participating nodes is allocated in 1:R7956. The relation of node and
PMC address using the standard setting is as follows.
Bit
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1:R7956 Node 7 Node 6 Node 5 Node 4 Node 3 Node 2 Node 1 Reserved
CNC4 CNC3 CNC2 CNC1 Robot
・・・・・・
1:R7986 Node 247 Node 246 Node 245 Node 244 Node 243 Node 242 Node 241 Node 240
1:R7987 Reserved Node 254 Node 253 Node 252 Node 251 Node 250 Node 249 Node 248
Fig. 2.2.3.1(b) List of participating nodes and PMC data area
- 11 -
With the standard setting, bit 1 of 1:R7956 shows the power supply of the robot controller.
Procedure to set-up I/O in CNC

The procedure of setting-up FL-net in CNC is as follows.
1. Press function key.

2. Press the continuous menu key until soft key [FL-net] appears.
3. Press the soft key [FL-net], and then, press the soft key [PARAMETER].
4. Move cursor to the item to set, and enter the value.
For details of setting-up FL-net parameters, please refer to FL-net board CONNECTION MANUAL
corresponding to your using CNC.
Set-up value for each item

The set-up value for FL-net items is as follows.
IP ADDRESS
The end figure of IP address shows the node number.
The value is decided by the CNC number. When standard 192.168.250 is used as a network address, IP
address is as follows.
Table 2.2.3.1(a) IP address
Item CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
IP ADDRESS 192.168.250.2 192.168.250.3 192.168.250.4 192.168.250.5
AREA1 ADDERSS
It is the first address in common memory area 1 where the output signal of own node is allocated.
The value is decided by the CNC number.
Table 2.2.3.1(b) AREA1 ADDRESS
Item CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
AREA1 ADDRESS 128 160 192 224
AREA1 SIZE
It is a data size of common memory area 1 where the output signal of own node is allocated. The unit is
word. The value is 16 (256 points) and it is fixed.
AREA2 ADDRESS, AREA2 SIZE

It is unnecessary to set-up items "AREA2 ADDRESS" and "AREA2 SIZE" because they are not used.
TOKEN WATCHDOG TIME, MINIMUM FRAME TIME

The value of "TOKEN WATCHDOG TIME" is 30 and "MININUM FRAME TIME" is 0 and they are
fixed. However, if FL-net/Ethernet coexistence function is used, it is recommended that "MININUM
FRAME TIME" is equal or more than 10.
OWN STATUS
It is unnecessary to set-up item "OWN STATUS" because it is not used.
ENTRY NODE
It is an address in the PMC area to notify the participation of other nodes in the network.
The value of standard setting is 1:R7956. If the PMC data area from 1:R7956 to 1:R7986 can not be used,
please specify the first address of 32 bytes empty area.
- 12 -
NOTE
When the value of item "ENTRY NODE" is changed from a standard setting, it is
necessary to modify the ladder program. For details, please refer to the material
included in CD "Robot connection function sample program" (A08B-9510-J550).
PARAMETER 1, PARAMETER 2
The value of “PARAMETER 1” is “0000 0001” and “PARAMETER 2” is “0000 0000”. They are fixed.
PMC ADDRESS of AREA1 DI/DO

It is the first address of PMC area allocated to common memory area 1.
The value of standard setting is 1:R7400. If the PMC data area from 1:R7400 to 1:R7911 can not be used,
please specify the first address of 512 bytes empty area.
NOTE
When the value of item "PMC ADDRESS" of “AREA1 DI/DO” is changed from a
standard setting, it is necessary to modify the ladder program. For details,
please refer to the material included in CD "Robot connection function sample
program" (A08B-9510-J550).
AREA1 ADDRESS of AREA1 DI/DO

It is the first address of common memory area 1 allocated to the PMC area.
The value is zero and it is fixed. The common memory area is allocated to the PMC area from the first
byte.
ALLOCATED SIZE of AREA1 DI/DO

It is a data size in which data is exchanged. The unit is word.
The value is 256 and it is fixed. The area of robot controller and four CNC is allocated to PMC data area.
Items of AREA2 DI/DO and MESSAGE

It is unnecessary to set-up items in "AREA2 DI/DO" and “MESSAGE” because they are not used.
2.2.3.2 Setting in robot controller

In the robot controller, a standard setting concerning the I/O transmission including the setting of FL-net
can be read.
The setting concerning the I/O transmission is decided by the number of connected CNC. Therefore, a
standard setting is read specifying the number of connected CNC. By reading the standard setting, the
following settings are set in addition to FL-net settings.
• Allocation of DI/DO, UI/UO, and GI/GO to connect to specified number CNC (Existing
ALLOCATION is overwritten.)
• Allocation of I/O internally used (Existing ALLOCATION is overwritten.)
• Robot ladder program to connect to CNC (Existing program is overwritten.)
• Setting of keep relay related to the specified number CNC
• Setting of I/O comment
• IP address, subnet mask and router IP address (When I/O device type is “Fl-net (Port#1)” or “FL-net
(Port#2)”.)
The robot controller internally uses 56 points of DI (DI[1025]-DI[1080]) and 8 points of DO (,

DO[1025]-DO[1032]) in addition to the signals for connecting to CNC. These signals are automatically
allocated by reading a standard setting. Please do not change the ALLOCATION of these signals.
- 13 -
Procedure to read the standard setting in robot controller

1 While holding the PREV key and the NEXT key of teach pendant, turn on the power of the robot
controller. Configuration menu is displayed.
2 Select "Controlled start". The initial screen of controlled start menu appears after a while.
3 Press the MENU key to display the screen menu.
4 Select the item “Machine I/F”. The setting screen of Machine I/F appears.
Setup Machine I/F

Initial Setup 1/4
1 CNC to be connected :[ 0]
2 I/O device type : [FL-net (Board) ]
3 Load Setting 〈Execute〉
4 Override Step : [ 10]
[ TYPE ]
Fig. 2.2.3.2 Machine tool interface screen
5 Enter the number of CNC connected with the robot controller to the item "CNC to be connected".
When this function is not used, please set zero.
6 Move the cursor to “I/O device type” and press F4 [CHOICE] to set I/O device type. If the items in
the menu for I/O device type are “FL-net” and “I/O Link”, select "FL-net". In case that the item
“FL-net(Board)”, “FL-net(Port#1)” and “FL-net(Port#2)” exist in the menu for I/O device type,
select one of these items according to the FL-net port. If FL-net has not been ordered, “FL-net”,
“FL-net(Board)”, “FL-net(Port#1)” and “FL-net(Port#2)” cannot be selected.
7 Move the cursor to the item <Execute> of "Load Setting" and press ENTER key. Press OK for the
confirmation message. When load setting is executed, an existing setting is overwritten.
8 Press FCTN key and select "START (COLD)" from the Functions menu. The robot controller is
started by the cold start.
CAUTION
When standard I/O setting is read, not only the ALLOCATION and comment of
I/O, but also the ladder program is replaced. In case that “FL-net(Port#1)” or
“FL-net(Port#2)” is selected as the I/O device type, Ethernet IP address and
subnet mask are set and router IP address is initialized.
When connected number of CNC is increased, the setting of DI/DO and GI area corresponding to
increased CNC is overwritten. When connected number of CNC is decreased, the setting corresponding to
decreased CNC is cleared.
If you return the setting to former value, set the connected CNC to zero, and then read the settings. The
ALLOCATION and comment of I/O is cleared and the ladder program is replaced by the standard ladder
program. But, IP address, subnet mask, router IP address in TCP/IP parameter cannot be returned.
When the I/O device is changed, it is recommended to delete the I/O ALLOCATION in I/O Link screen
of robot controller. For details, please refer to one of the following manuals corresponding to your using
robot controller.
 FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR'S MANUAL
 FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER LR HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR'S
MANUAL
 FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER
OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Basic Operation)
- 14 -
For the setting value read by the above-mentioned procedure, please refer to "Appendix A.2.2 Standard
Setting Value List in Robot Controller" and "Appendix A.3.3 FL-net Parameters in Robot Controller".
2.2.3.3 Connection retry of data communication

If the robot controller attempt to connect CNC but it fails, the robot controller can repeat this action at
some intervals for a specified period. This behavior can be enabled at Machine interface screen
(Communication detail screen). The period of connection retry is three minutes and interval of connection
retry is ten seconds.
Procedure to set
1 Press MENU key to display the screen menu.
2 Select “SETUP”.
3 Press TYPE (F1) key to display the screen change menu.
4 Select “Machine I/F” in the menu. Machine Interface screen is displayed.
5 Press OTHER (F3) key, then select “MTCOM” in the menu. The following screen is displayed.
Setup Machine I/F

MTCOM List 1/4
CNC Tag Name
1 C1: [ CNC1 ]
2 [ ]
3 [ ]
4 [ ]
[ TYPE ] DETAIL [ OTHER ]
Fig. 2.2.3.3(a) Machine interface screen (Communication list screen)
6 Set the cursor to the client tag that you want to set, then press DETAIL (F2) key. The following
screen is displayed.
Setup Machine I/F

MTCOM CNC : 1 1/5
Client Tag C1 :
1 Host Name : CNC1
2 Alarm Output : Enable
3 Send Warning : Disable
4 Send Cause Code : Disable
5 Connection retry : Disable
[ TYPE ] LIST PREV NEXT
Fig.2.2.3.3(b) Machine interface screen (Communication detail screen)
7 Set the cursor to "Connection retry" and select Enable.
- 15 -
2.2.4 Settings of I/O Link

When CNC and robot controller are connected by I/O Link, necessary settings are as follows.

Allocation of I/O Link connecting unit to PMC
The I/O Link connecting unit is allocated to an empty area of X and Y of PMC. Allocation size is 32
bytes (256 points) for both X and Y area. As a result, it becomes possible to read and write DO and DI
signal of the robot from CNC.
The next figure shows the example that two CNCs are connected to one robot and that interface signals
are allocated in X80 and Y80 of PMC area.
Robot controller CNC1

I/O Link connecting unit
1:X0080
DO signal Robot to CNC
1:X0111
1
for CNC1 (256points)
256 1:Y0080
CNC to Robot
257 1:Y0111
for CNC2 (256 points)
512
DI signal
CNC2
1
for CNC1 (256 points)
256 1:X0080
257 Robot to CNC
for CNC2 (256 points) 1:X0111
512
1:Y0080
CNC to Robot
1:Y0111
Fig. 2.2.4.1 Example of connection using I/O Link connecting unit
Confirmation of power supply of robot controller

If the power supply of the robot controller becomes off, all output signals of the robot controller
connected via I/O Link becomes off. Therefore, Robot Power On signal (DO[61]) is used to confirm
whether the power supply of the robot controller is ON or OFF. While the power supply of robot
controller is on, this signal turns on.
Procedure to set-up I/O in CNC

The procedure of allocating 32 byte area for I/O Link connecting unit to PMC is as follows.

2. Press the continuous menu key until soft key [PMC CONFIG] appears.
3. Press the soft key [PMC CONFIG].
4. Press the continuous menu key until soft key [MODULE] appears.
5. Press the soft key [MODULE] and then, press the soft key [(OPRT)].
6. Press the soft key [EDIT].
7. Allocate the I/O Link connecting unit to X and Y address of PMC area.
8. When the ALLOCATION procedure ends, press the soft key [EXIT EDIT].
9. Press the soft key [YES] to the confirmation of saving the setting to FROM.
- 16 -
The procedure for allocating the I/O Link connecting unit to X address and Y address of PMC is as
follows.
1. Move the cursor to the address of allocating I/O Link connecting unit. 32byte continuous empty area
is necessary.
2. Input the following string with MDI key, and then, press INPUT key.
<Group No.>.0.1./32
Where <Group No.> shows the numerical order of I/O Link connecting unit in the connected I/O
Link devices.
3. Execute the procedure 1 and 2 for both X and Y address.
For details of setting I/O Link, please refer to PMC PROGRAMMING MANUAL corresponding to your
using CNC.

In the robot controller, a standard setting concerning the I/O transmission can be read as well as FL-net.
The setting concerning the I/O transmission is decided by the number of connected CNC. Therefore, a
standard setting is read specifying the number of connected CNC. By reading the standard setting, the
following settings are read.
• Allocation of DI/DO, UI/UO, and GI/GO to connect to specified number CNC (Existing
ALLOCATION is overwritten.)
• Allocation of I/O internally used (Existing ALLOCATION is overwritten.)
• Robot ladder program to connect to CNC (Existing program is overwritten.)
• Setting of keep relay related to the specified number CNC
• Setting of I/O comment
The robot controller internally uses 56 points of DI (DI[1025]-DI[1080]) and 8 points of DO

(DO[1025]-DO[1032]) in addition to the signals for connecting to CNC. These signals are automatically
allocated by reading a standard setting. Please do not change the ALLOCATION of these signals.
Procedure to read the standard setting in robot controller

1. While holding the PREV key and the NEXT key of the teach pendant, turn on the power.
Configuration menu is displayed.
2 Select "Controlled start". The initial screen of controlled start menu appears after a while.
3 Press the MENU key to display the screen menu.
4 Select the item “Machine Tool I/F”. The setting screen of Machine Tool I/F appears.
Setup Machine I/F

Initial Setup 1/4
1 CNC to be connected :[ 0]
2 I/O device type : [I/O Link ]
3 Load Setting 〈Execute〉
[ TYPE ]
Fig. 2.2.4.2 Machine tool interface screen
5 Enter the number of CNC connected with the robot controller to the item "CNC to be connected".
When this function is not used, please set zero.
6 Select "I/O Link" for "I/O device type".
7 Move the cursor to the item <Execute> of "Load Setting" and press ENTER key. Press OK for the
confirmation message. When load setting is executed, an existing setting is overwritten.
- 17 -
8 Press FCTN key and select "START (COLD)" from the Functions menu. The robot controller is
started by the cold start.
CAUTION
When standard I/O setting is read, not only the ALLOCATION and comment of
I/O, but also the ladder program is replaced.
When connected number of CNC is increased, the setting of DI/DO and GI area corresponding to
increased CNC is overwritten. When connected number of CNC is decreased, the setting corresponding to
decreased CNC is cleared.
If you return the setting to former value, set the connected CNC to zero, and then read the settings. The
ALLOCATION and comment of I/O is deleted and the ladder program is replaced by the standard ladder
program.
When the I/O device is changed, it is recommended to delete the I/O ALLOCATION in I/O Link screen
of the robot controller. For details, please refer to one of the following manuals corresponding to your
using robot controller.
 FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR'S MANUAL
 FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER LR HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR'S
MANUAL
OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Basic Operation)
For the setting value read by the above-mentioned procedure, please refer to “Appendix A.2.2 Standard
Setting Value List in Robot Controller".
2.2.4.3 Connection retry of data communication

If the robot controller attempt to connect CNC by CNC Power On signal (See section 7.4) changes to ON
but it fails, the robot controller can repeat this action at some intervals for a specified period. This
behavior can be enabled at Machine interface screen (Communication detail screen). The period of
connection retry is three minutes and interval of connection retry is ten seconds.
Procedure to set
4 Select “Machine I/F” in the menu. Setup Machine I/F screen is displayed.
Setup Machine I/F

MTCOM List 1/4
CNC Tag Name
1 C1: [ CNC1 ]
2 [ ]
3 [ ]
4 [ ]
Fig. 2.2.4.3(a) Setup Machine I/F screen (Communication list screen)
- 18 -
Setup Machine I/F

MTCOM CNC : 1 1/5
Client Tag C1 :
1 Host Name : CNC1
Fig. 2.2.4.3(b) Setup Machine I/F screen (Communication detail screen)
7 Set the cursor to "Connection retry" and select Enable.
2.3 CONNECTION AND SETTING OF DATA

COMMUNICATION
When the data communication is used, the robot controller is connected with CNC by Ethernet.
The data communication is dispensable. However, when the data communication is not done, a part of
function cannot be used.
2.3.1 Wiring for Data Communication

The following devices are necessary for data communication.
Table 2.3.1 Devices for data communication

Devices Explanation
Hub It is indispensable when two or more CNCs are connected. When the cross cable is
used to connect one CNC with the robot controller as an Ethernet cable, the hub is
unnecessary.
Ethernet cable Please use the cross cable when you connect one CNC and robot controller without
using the hub. When the hub is used, a straight cable is used.
Hub
Robot
CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
controller
Fig. 2.3.1 Wiring of data communication
- 19 -
2.3.2 Setting of Data Communication

Items where the setting is necessary are IP address, subnet mask and port number. Please set the value to
item router IP address if necessary.
Please match the value of IP address, the subnet mask, and router IP address to the environment of the
connected network.
The value of port number is 8193.
When FL-net/Ethernet coexistence function is used, the value of IP address defined in FL-net parameter
screen is used by Ethernet communication too. Therefore, IP address is not set from a setting screen of
Ethernet. Moreover, the subnet mask is fixed by 255.255.255.0.
For details of embedded Ethernet, please refer to MAINTENANCE MANUAL corresponding to your
using CNC. For details of FL-net/Ethernet coexistence function, please refer to "FANUC Series
30i/31i/32i -MODEL A/B FANUC Series 35i-MODEL B FL-net Board CONNECTION
MANUAL(B-64163EN)".
Procedure to set-up embedded Ethernet in CNC

Procedure to set-up embedded Ethernet is as follows.
2. Press the continuous menu key until soft key [EMBED PORT] appears.
3. Press the soft key [EMBED PORT]. Soft key [COMMON] appears. (When soft key [COMMON] is
not displayed, press the continuous key several times.)
4. Press the soft key [COMMON]. Move the cursor to item “IP ADDRESS” and “SUBNET MASK”,
and then input the value. If necessary, input the value to item “ROUTER IP ADDRESS”.
5. Press the right-side soft key. Move the cursor to item “PORT NUMBER (TCP)” and input the value
8193. The value of item “PORT NUMBER (UDP)” and “TIME INTERVAL” are zero.
6. Press the soft key [(OPRT)], [RSTART] and then [EXECUTE].
Procedure to set-up Ethernet using FL-net/Ethernet coexistence function in CNC

Procedure to set-up Ethernet using FL-net/Ethernet coexistence function is as follows.
2. Press the continuous menu key until soft key [ETHER BOARD] appears.
3. Press the soft key [ETHER BOARD]. Soft key [COMMON] appears. (When soft key [COMMON]
is not displayed, press the continuous key several times.)
4. Press the soft key [COMMON]. The message “IP address can be set in the FL-net Setting Screen.” is
displayed. If necessary, set the value to item “ROUTER IP ADDRESS”.
5. Press the right-side soft key. Move the cursor to item “PORT NUMBER (TCP)” and input the value
8193. The value of item “PORT NUMBER (UDP)” and “TIME INTERVAL” are zero.
6. Press the soft key [(OPRT)], [RSTART] and then [EXECUTE].

It is necessary to set the value to TCP/IP parameter and the client tag to do the data communication by the
robot controller.
The data communication used by this function is based on the client server model. CNC is a server that
provides services, and the robot controller is a client that receives services. The robot controller manages
- 20 -
the setting of the client with the client tag. The client tag is from C1 to C8, and preserves the setting of
eight clients. If the client tag is defined and started, using the dealing service becomes possible.
For details of the client tag, please refer to "FANUC Robot Series R-30iA/R-30iA Mate/R-30iB/ R-30iB
Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER Ethernet function OPERATOR’S
MANUAL(B-82974EN)".
Setting of TCP/IP parameter

In the TCP/IP parameter, IP address, subnet mask, and router IP address of the robot controller are set.
Moreover, the host name and IP address of connected CNC are registered.
In case that I/O device type is set to FL-net by internal Ethernet port (FL-net(Port#1), FL-net(Port#2)),
when the standard setting is loaded, the standard setting values for IP address, subnet mask and router IP
address are set automatically.
Procedure to set-up data communication in robot controller (TCP/IP parameter)

1 Press [MENU] key to display screen menu.
2 Select [SETUP].
3 Press F1 [TYPE] to display screen menu.
4 Select [Host Comm].
5. Move the cursor to [TCP/IP] and press F3 [DETAIL]. The following screen appears.
SETUP Host Comm

TCP/IP 1/40
Robot name: ROBOT
Port#1 IP addr: ***********************
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Board adderss: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Router IP addr: ***********************
Host Name (LOCAL) Internet Address

1 ************* ***********************
2 ************* ***********************
3 ************* ***********************
4 ************* ***********************
[ TYPE ] PORT PING HELP
Fig. 2.3.2.2(a) TCP/IP parameter setting screen
6. Set the value to item “IP addr”, “Subnet Mask” and “Router IP addr”.
7. Set the value to item "Host Name" and "Internet Address". The host name defined here is used by
the setting of client tag.
Setting of client tag

The client tag is set on the host communication screen. Eight client tags from C1 to C8 are displayed on
the host communication screen. Please define the client tags in the number of connected CNC among
these. The setting becomes effective after reactivating the power supply of the robot controller.
Procedure to set-up data communication in robot controller (client tag)

1. If Host Comm screen is being displayed, press PREV key. If another screen is being displayed, press
MENU key and select SETUP, press F1 [TYPE] key and select Host Comm. (When Controlled Start
is executed, press MENU and select Host Comm.)
2. Press F4 [SHOW] key and select [Clients]. Eights client tags from C1 to C8 is displayed in a list.
Please setup the client tag of MTCOM protocol as needed.
- 21 -
3. Move the cursor to the tag for set-up, and then press F3 [DETAIL] key.
4. Move the cursor to the item "Protocol". Press F4 [CHOICE] key and select "MTCOM". The screen
display changes as follows.
Setup Tags
1/7
Tag C1:
Comment : ********************
Protocol : MTCOM
Current State : START
Startup State : START
Server IP/Hostname : CNC1
Server Port : 8193
CNC No. : 1
Response Timeout : 10 sec
[ TYPE ] [ACTION] LIST [CHOICE]
Fig. 2.3.2.2(b) Client Tag setup screen
On this screen, set the host name registered in TCP/IP setting screen to item "Server IP/Hostname".
Please set the host name or IP address of connected equipment. Usually, the host name registered in
TCP/IP setting screen is used.
5. Set the number of CNC (1 to 4) to the item "CNC No.". Please set the value up to the number of
connected CNC. The value must not overlap by CNC connected with the robot.
6. Press F2 [ACTION] and select "DEFINE". Current setting is defined.
7. To start communication after cold start, move the cursor to the item "Startup State", press F4
[CHOICE] and select "START".
8. The setting content of other items is as follows.
Table 2.3.2.2 Other items

Item Explanation
Server Port Please set the port number of the server CNC. The standard value is 8193. Usually,
please set the standard value.
Response Timeout Please set the time-out seconds of the communication response.
NOTE
Even if value "START" has been selected for the item "Startup State", in case
that the power supply of CNC is off when the power supply of robot becomes on,
the communication is not begun because it is impossible to communicate to
CNC. In that case, the communication should begin on the host communication
screen of the robot controller by manual operation.
- 22 -
2.4 TEMPORARY SEPARATION OF CNC

CNC connected with the robot controller can temporarily be separated from the robot controller. As a
result, it is possible to keep operating by remaining CNC and the robot controller while a certain CNC is
maintained.
2.4.1 Separation of CNC when Using FL-net

In the FL-net setup screen of robot controller, please set the corresponding node DISABLE. As a result,
even if the communication between one CNC and robot controller are not established, the robot controller
can keep being operating. In this case, all I/O signals from CNC become invalid. It is the same status as
setting the CNC to stand-alone mode. For detail of CNC stand-alone mode, please refer to "3. SETTING
AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC".
Separation procedure in robot controller

1 Press MENU key to display screen menu.
3 Press F1 [TYPE] key to display type menu.
4 Select “FL-net”.
5. Press F3 [OTHER] and select “NODE LIST”.
6. Move the cursor to the area1 of the node to separate, and set the value to DISABLE.
7. Make the power supply of the robot controller off and then on.
To connect the separated CNC again, set item area1 to EABLE with the same procedure as shown above.
And make the power supply of the robot controller off and then on.
2.4.2 Separation of CNC when Using I/O Link

A special setting by the robot controller is unnecessary when using I/O Link connecting unit. Please make
the CNC stand-alone mode with the switch of interlock mode/stand-alone mode. With this operation,
interlock mode signal becomes off and the robot controller regards this CNC as separated. Even if the
power supply of CNC is off, the interlock mode signal becomes off. It is the same as making the CNC
stand-alone mode. At this time, the alarm is not generated in the robot controller.
- 23 -
3. SETTING AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC B-75114EN/04
3 SETTING AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC

The following functions are provided in CNC side as the integration function for intelligent robot and
machine tool.
Table 3 (a) Screens for Robot connection function

Screen Explanation
ROBOT STATUS screen Displays the values and symbol names of signals, and alarm
message of the robot.
This is a standard screen displayed when the option of robot
connection function is valid.
ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen Relates the robot program with NC program, and manages them.
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen Enables you to operate the robot remotely.
This is a sample screen of FANUC PICTURE.
ROBOT CONNECTION SETTING screen Enables you to set the parameters for ROBOT STATUS screen and
ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen.
And, the following sample ladder programs are provided for the remote operation and the automatic
system operation.
Table 3 (b) Sample ladder program for Robot connection function

Sample ladder program Explanation
For ROBOT REMOTE Sample ladder program for cooperating with ROBOT REMOTE
OPERATION screen OPERATION screen
For automatic operation Sample ladder program necessary for automatic operation of the
machine tool system with the robot
The above sample programs (FANUC PICTURE screen data and ladder programs) are provided by CD
“Robot connection function sample program” (A08B-9510-J550). See document in CD for detail of these
sample programs.
This section describes the settings necessary for connecting a CNC to the robot, for using the above
screens and for running the sample ladder programs, and several small works that machine tool builders
should customize.
Hereafter, CNC side function of the integrated function of the intelligent robot and the machine tool is
called "Robot connection function".
- 24 -
B-75114EN/04 3. SETTING AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC
3.1 OUTLINE
The following figure shows the outline of the robot connection function.
CNC CNC internal data area

(3) ROBOT
PMC address, etc. CONNECTION
SETTING screen
(1)
Robot Signal name
controller (2) (4)
Robot alarm message ROBOT
STATUS screen
PMC data area

Execution of ROBOT
NC program Data area (5) PROGRAM
(7) of Robot connection function SELECT screen
(8) (7) (6) (6)
ROBOT REMOTE
For automatic For ROBOT
system REMOTE OPERATION
operation OPERATION screen
screen
Button in Machine
operator’s panel
Ladder program
Sample program
Fig. 3.1 Outline of Robot connection function
The setting value related with the robot connection function, the signal names notified by the robot and
the robot alarm messages are stored in the above “CNC internal data area”. And PMC data necessary for
the robot connection function is packed in the above “Data area of Robot connection function”.
The outline of functions is as follows.

(1) The robot controller sends the signal names and alarm message to CNC by using data
communication function (Ethernet).
The signal names are sent out by the operation of the robot teach pendant.
The alarm message is sent out just when the alarm occurs at the robot.
(2) The robot controller exchanges the signals with CNC by using I/O transmission function (FL-net or
I/O Link).
The signals are packed as a “Standard interface signals”.
CNC handles “Standard interface signals” in “Data area of Robot connection function”.
As for details of “Standard interface signals”, please see “7. INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND
ROBOT”.
(3) The ROBOT CONNECTION SETTING screen enables you to register the PMC address of “Data
area of Robot connection function” to “CNC internal data area”.
(4) The ROBOT STATUS screen read the PMC address of “Data area of Robot connection function”
from “CNC internal data area”. And the screen monitors the signal value of “Data area of Robot
connection function”, and displays them with the signal names that are preserved in “CNC internal
data area”. And the robot alarm message is displayed in addition.
- 25 -
(5) The ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen enables you to specify the program number of the robot.
The specified program number is written in “Standard interface signal” of “Data area of Robot
connection function”.
(6) The ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen accesses “Data area of Robot connection function”.
The ladder program (for ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen) writes the indication of the
screen into “Standard interface signals”. And the indication is transferred to the robot as I/O data.
(7) When starting the automatic system operation, an operator executes NC program in which M codes
are included. The ladder program (for automatic system operation) writes the M code command in
“Standard interface signals” when it detects the execution of M code. As a result, the indication by
M code is transmitted to the robot.
(8) The button on the machine operator’s panel is prepared, and it is connected to CNC via I/O Link.
And the signals of these buttons are checked by ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen and its
ladder program.
Machine tool builders should set and customize the following.

• Assignment of PMC address to “Data area of Robot connection function”
The PMC address from 1:R7000 to 1:R7999 is assigned to “Data area of Robot connection
function” as a standard setting. If this area is already used, please modify the PMC address.
• M codes that NC program uses for the automatic system operation

The three M codes, M60, M61 and M62 are used as a standard setting. If these M codes are
already used, please use the other ones. About details, please see “8. NC program”.
• The buttons on the machine operator’s panel

Three buttons, the switch of interlock/stand-alone mode, the button for Robot remote operation
and the button for cycle stop, are necessary for this function. The machine tool builder should
prepare these buttons on the machine operator’s panel.
• Customizing of sample ladder program and a sample ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen
data
The sample program is provided by CD-ROM. A machine tool builder can customize these
sample programs according to the actual system, and must check its validity sufficiently. Some
PMC addresses are written in these sample programs. If the location of “Data area of Robot
connection function” is customized, the default PMC addresses have to be also modified.
• Setting of Robot connection function by the setting screen

When the location of “Data area of Robot connection function” is modified, the new PMC
address must be set on the setting screen of Robot connection function.
This chapter explains these setting and customization.
- 26 -
3.2 DATA ARAE OF ROBOT CONNECTION FUNCTION

The PMC data used by Robot connection function is packed in “Data area of Robot connection function”.
The sample of ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen and its ladder program is designed to assign
“Data area of Robot connection function” to PMC address from 1:R7000 to1:R7999. In this case, the
address map is as follows.
1:R7000
For ROMOTE OPERATION screen (50 bytes)
1:R7049
1:R7050
For automatic system operation (150 bytes)
1:R7199
1:R7200
For Robot interface area (64 bytes)
1:R7263
1:R7264
(Reserved 136 bytes)
1:R7399
1:R7400
For FL-net data (512 bytes)
1:R7911
1:R7912
(Reserved 44 bytes)
1:R7955
1:R7956
For FL-net participating node information (32 bytes)
1:R7987
1:R7988
(Reserved 12 bytes)
1:R7999
Fig.3.2(a) PMC address map
For REMOTE OPERATION screen

This area is used for ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
For automatic system operation

This area is for the automatic system operation with the robot.
Robot interface area

This area is for exchanging with the robot. It is equal to Standard interface signal.
ROBOT STATUS screen and ROBOT PROGRAM SELECTION screen reads/writes this area.
FL-net data
This area is for assigning FL-net common memory area 1.
FL-net participating node information

This area is for assigning FL-net participating node information.
The PMC address from 1:R7200 to1:R7231 is assigned to the DO signals (from Robot to CNC) and from
1:R7232 to1:R7263 is assigned to the DI signals (form CNC to Robot) as standard settings.
Connection via FL-net

In general, the output signals from the external device unit via FL-net are transferred to the FL-net
common memory area in the CNC unit.
This function enables you to connect up to four CNCs with one robot. And these signals are allocated in
CNC.
• The DI/DO area for one robot and four CNC is always prepared in the FL-net common memory area
1 regardless of the number of the actual CNCs.
- 27 -
• The robot interface area is prepared in PMC address. This area is independent from the
communication protocol and the CNC number. The copy-function of ladder program, which is
separated from the main ladder program, exchanges the data between the FL-net common memory
area 1 and the robot interface area according to its own CNC number.
• ROBOT STATUS screen and the main ladder program use the signals of the robot interface area for
their process.
The above mapping makes ROBOT STATUS screen and the main ladder program removed from the
dependence upon CNC number.
PMC area allocated to FL-net Robot interface area
common memory area1
1:R7400 1:R7200
1:R7431 Robot -> CNC1 1:R7231 Robot -> CNC
1:R7432 1:R7232
1:R7463 Robot -> CNC2 1:R7263 CNC -> Robot
1:R7464
1:R7495 Robot -> CNC3
1:R7496
1:R7527 Robot -> CNC4
1:R7528
Reserved
1:R7655
1:R7656
1:R7687 CNC1 -> Robot
1:R7688 The copy-function of ladder
1:R7719 Reserved
copies data according to its
1:R7720 own CNC number
1:R7752
Reserved
1:R7783
1:R7784
1:R7816
1:R7847 Reserved
1:R7848
1:R7880
Reserved
1:R7911
Fig.3.2(b) Robot interface area of CNC2 connected to the robot via FL-net
Connection via I/O Link

The copy-function of ladder program exchanges the data between the X/Y area assigned to I/O Link
connection unit and the robot interface area.
It makes ROBOT STATUS screen and the main ladder program removed from the dependence upon
communication protocols.
PMC address assigned to I/O Robot interface area
Link connection unit
1:X0080 1:R7200
Robot -> CNC Robot -> CNC
1:X0111 1:R7231
1:R7232
1:Y0080 1:R7263 CNC -> Robot
1:Y0111 CNC -> Robot
Copying by the copy-function of ladder
Fig. 3.2(c) Robot interface area of the CNC connected to the robot via I/O Link
- 28 -
3.3 BUTTON ON MACHINE OPERATOR’S PANEL

This function needs the following three buttons on the machine operator’s panel
Table 3.3 Buttons necessary for the function

Button, Switch Explanation
Selection switch of interlock mode and The switch with two positions, Stand-alone mode and Interlock mode.
stand-alone mode It specifies either of the two modes of the machine tools, the stand-alone
mode or interlock mode.
- Stand-alone mode : The machine tool works without the
relationship with the robot.
- Interlock mode : The machine tool works in cooperation with the
robot.
Robot operation button It is a button that turns the signal on while pressing.
It is used when the operator actually moves the robot with ROBOT
REMOTE OPERATION screen.
Cycle stop button It is a button that turns the signal on while pressing.
It is used to direct cycle stop. If cycle stop is directed, automatic system
operation is stopped when the machining of current work-piece has
finished.
Please machine tool builder prepare these three buttons on the machine operator's panel. And, input the
state of these buttons to PMC via I/O Link. In the ladder program, these signals are used to operate the
robot.
3.4 ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION SCRREN

Here, a basic specification of ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen is explained for the customization
of the screen.
Please refer to "5.3 ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION SCREEN" for the way to operate screen.
Outline
The ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen is a screen for the remote operation of the robot from the
machine tool. Following operations for the robot are provided.
- Jog feed
- Hand operation
- Home position return
- Robot restart
- Override change
- Reset
This is a screen for the maintenance of the robot. It is used on the following situation.
- The robot stopped by some causes while daily operation.
- Recovery without using the robot teach pendant
It is not a screen for a start-up of the system nor for the teaching of the robot.
The ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen is offered as not a standard screen of CNC but a sample
screen of FANUC PICTURE.
- 29 -
NOTE
1. For details of customizing the sample screen, please refer to the material
2. About FANUC PICTURE, please refer to "FANUC PICTURE OPERATOR'S
MANUAL".
3. This sample screen doesn't correspond to PANEL i with 19" display.
WARNING
The machine tool builder must customize this sample screen according to the
specification of the machine. Moreover, the machine tool builder must verify the
safety of the robot operation enough.
WARNING
1. Please do not make the touch panel operation screen where two points or more
are pushed at the same time. When two points or more are pushed at the same
time, the touch panel might work as if the center of the points was pushed. In
this case, there is a possibility of the accident due to the mis-output and the
malfunction.
2. Please do not include the following operations to the touch panel screen.
- Operation related to safeties of life and significant damage, etc.
- Operation that requires emergency and real-time action
There is a possibility of the accident due to the mis-output and the malfunction
when the main body, the unit, and the cable, etc. break down.
Moreover, there is no guarantee of the real time action of the screen.
Remote operation right

In this function, up to four CNCs can be connected to one robot. When two or more CNCs are connected
with the robot, the robot cannot be remotely operated from two or more CNCs at the same time. Only one
CNC can remotely operate the robot. When a remote operation from one CNC ends, it is possible to
operate it from another CNC remotely. The right to operate the robot remotely is called "Remote
operation right".
To operate the robot from ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen, it is necessary to acquire the remote
operation right first. When the remote operation right can be acquired, it is possible to operate the robot
remotely. When a remote operation ends, the remote operation right is released.
It is not allowed to acquire the remote operation right when other CNC is remotely operating the robot or
the robot is in service of work-piece changing for other CNC.
The operation to reset the robot can be executed from the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen
regardless of the presence of the remote operation right.
Button in machine operator’s panel

Two of three buttons of the machine operator's panel are used on the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION
screen.
- 30 -
Table 3.4 Button in machine operator's panel used in ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen
Button and switch Explanation
Selection switch of interlock mode and If CNC is in stand-alone mode, the remote operation right can not be
stand-alone mode acquired.
If interlock mode, the remote operation right can be acquired.
Robot operation button In ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen, the robot can be actually
moved by pressing this button.
- Jog feed
The robot executes the operation of Jog feed while this button is
being pressed.
- Hand operation
The robot executes Hand operation when this button is pressed.
- Home position return
The robot executes the operation of returning to home position
while this button is being pressed.
- Restart
The robot restarts when this button is pressed.
Cycle stop button This button is not used in ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
The procedures for executing Jog feed, Hand operation, Home position return and Restart are as follows.
1. Select the type of operation in ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
2. The robot works when the robot operation button of the machine operator's panel is pressed.
The sample ladder program for the remote operation screen directs the operation to the robot by the
operation of both the screen and the button. For details, please refer to the material included in CD "Robot
connection function sample program" (A08B-9510-J550).
WARNING
Because of safety reasons, please don't replace the robot operation button of
machine operator's panel by the button on the screen made by FANUC
PICTURE.
Restart the robot

When the machining ends at CNC, the exchange of work-piece is requested to robot by executing M code
in NC program. At this time, the robot might terminate abnormally by some reasons. The operation
afterwards can be chosen from the following two.
1. The operator resets the CNC and executes the machining from the beginning.
2. The operator removes the cause of abnormality with the robot. Afterwards, the operator returns
the robot to home position, and executes the restart of the robot.
When CNC is reset, both CNC and the robot will be executed from the beginning.
When restart is executed, the CNC keeps FIN waiting status. Only the robot will be executed from the
beginning. If the operation of the robot ends normally as a result of restart, CNC continuously machines
the next work-piece.
The remote operation right is unnecessary for the restart of the robot.
Hand operation and robot status display

It is a work of machine tool builder to decide the content of the hand operation and the robot status
display, and to customize the screen.
- 31 -
Fig. 3.4 Hand operation and robot status display in ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen
Ladder program
The sample ladder for the remote operation screen is offered. This ladder program reads the operator's
instruction from ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen and the button of the machine operator's panel,
and operates the robot through standard interface signal. For details, please refer to the material included
in CD "Robot connection function sample program" (A08B-9510-J550).
WARNING
The machine tool builder must customize this sample ladder program according
to the specification of the machine. Moreover, the machine tool builder must
verify the safety of the robot operation enough.
3.5 SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAM FOR SYSTEM OPERATION

For details about the sample ladder program for system operation, please refer to the material included in
CD "Robot connection function sample program" (A08B-9510-J550).
WARNING
The machine tool builder must customize this sample ladder program according
to the specification of the machine. Moreover, the machine tool builder must
verify the safety of the robot operation enough.
CNC Number
The sample ladder program uses K80.2 and K80.3 of the PMC parameter to acquire own CNC number.
Table 3.5(a) PMC parameter for specifying CNC number

PMC parameter CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
K80.2 0 1 0 1
K80.3 0 0 1 1
Please set the value according to the CNC number.
- 32 -
Button in machine operator’s panel

Two of three buttons of the machine operator's panel are used for system operation.
Table 3.5(b) Button in machine operator’s panel used for system operation
Button and switch Explanation
Selection switch of interlock If CNC is in stand-alone mode, M code of M60/M61/M62 in NC program is
mode and stand-alone mode disregarded.
If interlock mode, the work-piece exchange is requested to the robot by M code
of M60/M61/M62. When the work-piece exchange of the robot ends, the
machine tool continuously machines the next work-piece.
Robot operation button This button is not used by system operation.
Cycle stop button This button is used to direct cycle stop.
Beginning and end of machining, and cycle stop

The procedure to begin the machining is as follows.
1. Confirm that a correct robot program number has been selected by the ROBOT PROGRAM
SELECT screen of CNC.
2. Confirm that the robot can be started.
3. Select the NC program at CNC and start the machine tool.
After the machining is begun, the exchange of work-piece is requested to the robot according to M code
added to NC program. As a result, the machine tool continuously machines the work-piece with
exchanging it.
System operation ends when there is no work-piece to machine.

The flow of a usual system operation end is as follows.
1. When the machining ends, CNC sends the robot the request to exchange the work-piece.
2. When the robot detects the end of work-piece, the robot ends the program without reporting the
end of exchange.
3. CNC keeps the status of waiting FIN. The operator executes either of following procedure.
• The operator resets CNC and ends the machining.
• The operator refills the work-piece and returns the robot to the state that can be started if
necessary. He operates the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen to restart the robot.
The cycle stop enables the operator to end the system operation at any timing. If the cycle stop button has
been pressed, the robot unloads the work-piece after a set of machining is finished. And then the system
operation ends automatically.
The flow of the end of system operation with cycle stop is as follows.
1. The operator presses the cycle stop button at any timing.
2. When the machining of the current work-piece ends, CNC requests the robot to unload the
work-piece.
3. The robot unloads the work-piece and reports the completion to CNC.
4. If the completion report is arrived from robot, the ladder program sends FIN and reset & rewind
to CNC. As a result, the system operation ends.
The operator directs cycle stop by pressing the cycle stop button in the machine operator's panel. Whether
the cycle stop is directed or not can be confirmed with the value of cycle stop signal (CNC 1:R7245.6,
Robot controller DI[111]).
- 33 -
3.6 SETTINGS IN ALLOCATION SCREEN

The settings about the allocation of PMC data area are executed in the ALLOCATION screen of the robot
connection function setting.
Procedure for displaying ALLOCATION screen (10.4 inch display unit)
1. Press the function key .

2. Press the continuous key some times until the soft key [ROBOT CON.] appears on the screen.
3. Press the soft key [ROBOT CON.].
4. The setting screen of robot connection function is displayed.
5. Press the page key or to switch the screen between ALLOCATION screen and
ROBOT STATUS screen.
Fig. 3.6(a) ALLOCATION screen (10.4 inch display unit)
Procedure for displaying ALLOCATION screen (7.2/8.4 inch display unit)

2. Press the continuous key some times until the soft key [RB CON] appears on the screen.
3. Press the soft key [RB CON].
- 34 -
Fig. 3.6(b) ALLOCATION screen (7.2/8.4 inch display unit)
Procedure for displaying ALLOCATION screen (15 inch display unit)

2. Press the vertical soft key [NEXT PAGE] some times until the vertical soft key [ROBOT CON.]
appears.
3. Press the vertical soft key [ROBOT CON.].
Fig. 3.6(c) Setting screen of robot connection function (15 inch display unit)
Content of settings in ALLOCATION screen

ROBOT DO SIG. PMC ADDR.
Please set the PMC address of the DO signal of the robot (from robot to CNC) in the robot interface area.
The ROBOT STATUS screen reads the value of signals from the address specified by this item and
displays it on the screen.
The address character "R", "E" and "X" can be specified. 32 bytes are used for robot DO signal.
The value of a standard setting is 1:R7200. If the PMC data area from 1:R7200 to 1:R7231 is already
used, please specify the address of empty 32byte area.
- 35 -
NOTE
If the value of item "ROBOT DO SIG. PMC ADDR." is changed from the
please refer to the material included in CD "Robot connection function sample
program" (A08B-9510-J550).
ROBOT DI SIG. PMC ADDR.

Please set the PMC address of the DI signal of the robot (from CNC to Robot) in the robot interface area.
The ROBOT STATUS screen reads the value of signals from the address specified by this item and
displays it on the screen.
The address character "R", "E" and "Y" can be specified. 32 bytes are used for robot DI signal.
The value of a standard setting is 1:R7232. If the PMC data area from 1:R7232 to 1:R7263 is already
used, please specify the address of empty 32byte area.
NOTE
If the value of item "ROBOT DI SIG. PMC ADDR." is changed from the standard
setting, it is necessary to modify the ladder program. For details, please refer to
the material included in CD "Robot connection function sample program"
(A08B-9510-J550).
POWER ON SIG. PMC ADDR., BIT

Please set the PMC address where the robot power supply ON signal is allocated.
The address character "R", "E", and "X" can be specified.
When FL-net connection is used, please output the list of participating nodes to PMC area. And then,
specify the PMC address that includes the robot node.
When I/O Link connection is used, please specify the PMC address of Robot power ON signal (DO[61])
in the interface area.
The item "bit" specifies which bit shows power supply ON of the robot in the specified PMC address. The
range is from 0 to 7.
The standard setting is as follows.
Table 3.6(a) Value of POWER ON SIG. PMC ADDR. And BIT

Robot power on signal FL-net I/O Link (DO[61])
PMC ADDRESS 1:R7956 1:R7207
BIT 1 4
NOTE
If the value of item “POWER ON SIG. PMC ADDR., BIT” is changed from the
please refer to the material included in CD “Robot connection function sample
program”(A08B-9510-J550).
DO SIGNAL NO. OFFSET, DI SIGNAL NO. OFFSET

On the robot side, DI/DO signals for four CNCs are continuously allocated.
Please set the following values according to the CNC number to match the number of the DI/DO signal
displayed on the ROBOT STATUS screen of CNC to the number of an actual DI/DO signal of the robot.
Table 3.6(b) Value of DO/DI SIGNAL No. OFFSET

CNC CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
DO SIGNAL NO. OFFSET 0 256 512 768
DI SIGNAL NO. OFFSET
- 36 -
OPTION
It is a bit flag for the option setting of the robot connection function.
・ Bit 0 : ETH
Communication by Ethernet is
0 : not used.
1 : used.
・ Bit 1 to 7 : Reserved (Please set zero.)
Operation in ALLOCATION screen

The method of operating the ALLOCATION screen is as follows.
Setting of numerical value and character string

1. Press the cursor key , , , or to move the cursor to the item to enter the
value.
2. Input numerical value or character string and press MDI key or soft key [INPUT].
3. Numerical value or character string is set.
NOTE
Please note the following issues when setting the item "ROBOT DO SIG. PMC
ADDR.", "ROBOT DI SIG. PMC ADDR." and "POWER ON SIG. PMC ADDR.".
1. R address, E address, X address (ROBOT DO SIG. PMC ADDR. and
POWER ON SIG. PMC ADDR. only), and Y address (ROBOT DI SIG. PMC
ADDR. only) can be set.
In case of multi-path PMC, please specify the PMC address like;
<Path number>:<PMC address>.
For example, please specify "2:R500" for R0500 of 2nd path PMC. When the
PMC address only is input like R500, it is processed as the first path PMC
(1:R0500).
If there is no ":" key, "/" or "EOB" key can be used instead.
2. Please input blank (SP) to delete the entered PMC address.
3.7 SETTING OF ROBOT STATUS

The robot status is displayed at the right side of the screen on the ROBOT STATUS screen and ROBOT
PROGRAM SELECT screen.
- 37 -
Fig. 3.7(a) Robot status display
The signal name and the value of up to 16 signals are displayed in the robot status.
The signal displayed in this robot status can be changed according to an actual machine.
The procedure to specify the signal type (DI/DO, RI/RO and UI/UO) and number is as follows.
Set-up procedures of the robot status

The setting of the robot status is specified with the ROBOT STATUS screen of the setting screen of robot
connection function.
Procedure for displaying ROBOT STATUS screen (10.4 inch display unit)

2. Press the continuous key some times until the soft key [ROBOT CON.] appears on the screen.
3. Press the soft key [ROBOT CON.].
Fig. 3.7(b) ROBOT STATUS screen (10.4 inch display unit)

- 38 -
Procedure for displaying ROBOT STATUS screen (7.2/8.4 inch display unit)

2. Press the continuous key some times until the soft key [RB CON] appears on the screen.
3. Press the soft key [RB CON].
Fig. 3.7(c) ROBOT STATUS screen (7.2/8.4 inch display unit)
Procedure for displaying ROBOT STATUS screen (15 inch display unit)

2. Press the vertical soft key [NEXT PAGE] some times until the vertical soft key [ROBOT CON.]
appears.
3. Press the vertical soft key [ROBOT CON.].
Fig. 3.7(d) ROBOT STATUS screen (15 inch display unit)
- 39 -
Content of settings in ROBOT STATUS screen

TYPE
The type of signal displayed in the robot status area on the ROBOT STATUS screen and the ROBOT
PROGRAM SELECT screen can be selected. The type of signal that can be selected is as follows.
Table 3.7(a) Type and its meaning

Type Meaning Number of signals
DI General-purpose signal between robot and CNC 232
DO General-purpose signal between robot and CNC 216
UI Signal for the interlock between robot and CNC 24
UO Signal for the interlock between robot and CNC 24
RI Signal between robot and hand 8
RO Signal between robot and hand 8
NUMBER
The number of signal displayed in the robot status area can be specified. The range of the number that can
be set according to the selected type is as follows.
Table 3.7(b) Range of number that can be set according to type

Type Range of number
DI 1 to 256
DO 1 to 256
UI 1 to 24
UO 1 to 24
RI 1 to 8
RO 1 to 8
The following settings mean the same signal.
- [ DI 1 to DI 24 ] = [ UI 1 to UI 24 ]
- [ DO 1 to DO 24 ] = [ UO 1 to UO 24 ]
- [ DO 25 to DO 32 ] = [ RI 1 to RI 8 ]
- [ DO 33 to DO 40 ] = [ RO 1 to RO 8 ]
NOTE
Signal of DI[1] to DI[24] and UI[1] to UI[24] indicate the value of the signal that
CNC outputs to the robot controller. When two or more CNCs are connected
with the robot controller, the value of these signals might be different from the
value of signals in the robot controller because the robot controller exclusively
controls these signals. For details, please refer to “7. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNC AND ROBOT”.
Operation of ROBOT STATUS screen

The procedure of operating the ROBOT STATUS screen is as follows.
Selection of Type
1. Press the soft key [(OPRT)]. The following soft key is displayed.
- 40 -
10.4/8.4/7.2 inch display unit
15 inch display unit

Fig. 3.7(e) Soft key display of ROBOT STATUS screen
2. Select the type of signal with the soft key

- Soft key [UO/UI] : Interlock signal between robot and CNC
- Soft key [RO/RI] : Signal between robot and hand
- Soft key [DO/DI] : General-purpose signal between robot and CNC
3. The selected type is displayed on the screen.
Setting of Number
1. Press the cursor key or to move the cursor to "NUMBER" row.
2. Input the number within the range of selected type, and press MDI key or the soft key
[INPUT].
3. The input number is displayed on the screen.
- 41 -
4. SETTING IN ROBOT B-75114EN/04
4 SETTING IN ROBOT
In order to interlock CNC and Robot, the following settings are required in the robot controller.
• Setting reference position
• Setting jog frame
• Transfer of I/O comment
• Setting alarm message transfer *
• Setting step of override change in remote operation *
• Setting Program Number Selection (PNS) *
• Setting interference prevention space
• Setting for CNC Operation screen
• Setting for robot jog feed operation from CNC
About the items attached *, it is not need to change the default setting to use this function. If necessary,
change these settings.
4.1 SETTING REFERENCE POSITION

In the ladder program provided by this function, the robot program can be started by CNC only when the
robot is in the reference position 1. In order to execute the robot program interlocking with CNC, the
reference position 1 for the robot must be set in the robot controller. The position that the robot can move
without interference when a robot program is started is required for the reference position of the robot.
Because the robot program is started by CNC repeatedly, any robot programs must be taught so that the
robot starts to move from the reference position and robot ends to move at the reference position.
NOTE
About the explanation for the reference position, refer to one of the following
manuals corresponding to your using robot controller.
• FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Controller HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR’S
MANUAL
• FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER LR HANDLING TOOL
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
• FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/ R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Mate Plus/R-30iB Mate
Plus Controller OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Basic Operation)
If you modify the ladder program in the robot controller, above limitations can be changed. For example,
it is possible to start the robot program even if the robot is not the reference position, or it is possible to
start the robot program when the robot is the reference position 2 or 3. About how to modify the ladder
program in the robot controller, refer to “10. ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM”.
Procedure to set the reference position

4 Select “Ref Position”. The reference position list screen is displayed as follows.
- 42 -
B-75114EN/04 4. SETTING IN ROBOT
REF POSN
1/10
No. Enb/Dsbl @Pos Comment
1 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
2 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
3 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
4 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
5 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
6 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
7 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
8 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
9 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
10 DISABLE FALSE [ ]
[ TYPE ] DETAIL ENABLE DISABLE
Fig. 4.1(a) Reference position list screen

5 Set the cursor to No.1.
6 Press DETAIL (F3) key. The reference position detail screen is displayed.
REF POSN
Reference Position 1/13
Ref. Position Number: 1
1 Comment: [ ]
2 Enable/Disable: DISABLE
3 Is a valid HOME: FALSE
4 Signal definition: DO[ 0]
5 J1: 0.000 +/- 0.000
6 J2: 0.000 +/- 0.000
7 J3: 0.000 +/- 0.000
8 J4: 0.000 +/- 0.000
9 J5: 0.000 +/- 0.000
10 J6: 0.000 +/- 0.000
[ TYPE ] RECORD
Fig. 4.1(b) Reference position detail screen
7 Input the data for the reference position.

8 Press PREV key. The Reference position list screen is displayed.
9 Set the cursor to the item Enable/Disable, and set ENABLE using function key.
10 Move the robot to the reference position 1. Then, confirm that the peripheral I/O UO[7] (Reference
Position) is turned on.
4.2 SETTING JOG FRAME

Jog frame is a Cartesian coordinate frame defined for robot jog feed operation. Set jog frame in
accordance with the system in order to move the robot by jog feed efficiently. Usually, the machine frame
of the machine tool and the jog frame of the robot do not match. In case that jog frame of the robot does
not match the machine frame of the machine tool, it is difficult to understand the direction that the robot
moves by jog feed. In Jog feed of the robot by remote operation on CNC, the jog frame corresponding to
CNC number is used. For example, the remote jog feed by CNC 2 uses the jog frame 2.
Set the jog frames from jog frame 1 to jog frame 4 so that the jog frame matches the machine frame of the
machine tool attached each CNC. The following explains how to set jog frame 1.
- 43 -
NOTE
About the detail of jog frame and how to set jog frame, refer to one of the
following manuals corresponding to your using robot controller.
MANUAL
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
• FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/ R-30iB Mate Plus
Controller OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Basic Operation)
Procedure to set jog frame

4 Select “Frames”.
5 Press Other (F3) key.
6 Select “Jog Frame”. The jog frame list screen is displayed as follows.
SETUP Frames
Jog Frames / Direct Entry 1/5
X Y Z Comment
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 [ ]
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 [ ]
3 0.0 0.0 0.0 [ ]
4 0.0 0.0 0.0 [ ]
5 0.0 0.0 0.0 [ ]
Active Jog FRAME[G:1] = 1

[ TYPE ] DETAIL [ OTHER ] CLEAR SETIND
Fig. 4.2(a) Jog frame list screen
7 Set the cursor to the jog frame number that you want to set.
8 Press DETAIL (F2).
9 Press METHOD (F2).
10 Select “Direct Entry” in the displayed menu.
SETUP Frames
Jog Frames Direct Entry 1/7
Frame Number: 1
1 Comment:
2 X: 0.000
3 Y: 0.000
4 Z: 0.000
5 W: 0.000
6 P: 0.000
7 R: 0.000
Configuration: N D B, 0, 0, 0
[ TYPE ] [METHOD] FRAME MOVE_TO RECORD
Fig. 4.2(b) Jog frame detail screen
- 44 -
11 Input comment and the data for each axis.
12 Press PREV key to display the jog frame list screen.
4.3 TRANSFER I/O COMMENTS IN ROBOT CONTROLLER

In this function, it is possible to display the I/O status in the robot controller to the screen on CNC. And it
is possible to display the I/O comments in the robot controller to the screen on CNC by sending the I/O
comments in the robot controller to CNC.
The comments for UI/UO, RI/RO and DI/DO in the robot controller can be sent to CNC by
communication. In order to send I/O comments to CNC, data communication between CNC and the robot
is required. About setting for the communication between CNC and the robot, refer to “2.
CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT ”.
In order to send I/O comments to CNC, manual operation in the robot controller is needed. When I/O
comment is modified, the modified comment is not sent to CNC without manual operation.
Note that all CNCs connected by Ethernet will get the I/O comment, regardless of the value of “CNC to
be connected”.
Procedure to transfer I/O comments

Setup Machine I/F

Setup 1/5
1 Send I/O Comments to CNC <Execute>

CNC to be connected : 1
I/O device type : FL-net (Board)
3 Machine Tool Operation : DISABLE
4 Tool offset data changing : DISABLE
5 Jog Feed with DI signals : DISABLE
[ TYPE ] [ OTHER ]
Fig. 4.3 Machine interface screen
5 Set the cursor to < Execute > of the item “Send I/O Comments to CNC”, then press ENTER key to
send I/O comments. It is possible to cancel to send I/O comments by PREV key.
6 Select ALL or UPDATE by the function key. ALL means that all I/O comments are send to CNC,
and UPDATE means that only the I/O comments modified after last sending are send to CNC. It is
possible to cancel to send I/O comments by PREV key.
NOTE
Please send ALL comment if comments are modified by means other than
editing on teach pendant.
- 45 -
4.4 SETTING ALARM MESSAGE TRANSFER

When the communication between CNC and the robot is available, the message for the alarm occurring in
the robot controller can be displayed in the ROBOT STATUS screen on CNC. There are following 2
settings about the alarm message transfer.
Table 4.4(a) Setting for alarm message transfer

Setting Description
Enable/Disable the When the alarm message transfer is enabled, up to 4 alarm messages are displayed on
alarm message CNC. When the alarm message transfer is disabled, the alarm message for the robot is
transfer not displayed on CNC. The default setting is “Enable”.
Selection of the kind Select whether the alarm which severity is WARN is displayed on CNC or not, and select
of the alarm to whether the cause code of the alarm is displayed on CNC or not. In default setting, both
transfer. the display of the warning and the display of the cause code are disabled.
Procedure to set alarm message transfer

Setup Machine I/F

MTCOM List 1/4
CNC Tag Name
1 C1: [ CNC1 ]
2 [ ]
3 [ ]
4 [ ]
Fig. 4.4(a) Machine interface screen (Communication list screen)
Setup Machine I/F

MTCOM CNC : 1 1/5
Client Tag C1 :
1 Host Name : CNC1
Fig. 4.4(b) Machine interface screen (Communication detail screen)
7 Select Enable or Disable about the item “Alarm Output”, “Send Warning” and “Send Cause Code”.
Followings are the description of the setting items.
- 46 -
Table 4.4(b) Setting items and description
Setting item Description
Alarm Output If Enable is selected in this item, up to 4 alarm messages are send to CNC when alarm
occurs and the alarms are reset in the robot controller. The default setting is “Enable”.
Send Warning If Enable is selected in this item, the message of the alarm which severity is WARN is
send to CNC. The default setting is “Disable”.
Send Cause Code If Enable is selected in this item, the cause code of the alarm is send to CNC. The default
setting is “Disable”.
8 Press LIST (F2) to display the communication list screen.
The operations by the function keys in this screen are as follows.
Table 4.4(c) Key operations in Machine interface screen (Communication detail screen)
Key Operation
LIST (F2) Return to the communication list screen.
PREV (F3) Display the communication detail screen for previous CNC number.
NEXT (F4) Display the communication detail screen for next CNC number.
4.5 SETTING STEP OF OVERRIDE CHANGE

It is possible to change the speed override to move the robot by the remote operation on CNC. In default
setting, the step of override change is 10%. It is possible to change the step of override change.
Procedure to set the step of override change

Setup Machine I/F

Setup 1/5

[ TYPE ] [ OTHER ]
5 Set the cursor to “Override Step”.

6 Input the value and press ENTER key. Setting data is available immediately.
- 47 -
4.6 SETTING PROGRAM NUMBER SELECTION (PNS)

In this function, the robot program is started from CNC by Program Number Selection function in the
robot controller. In the program number selection function, there are following 3 setting items.
• Job Prefix
• Base Number
• Acknowledge pulse width
Do not change Jog Prefix and Base Number in case that the provided ladder program is used. If Base
Number is changed, the robot program selected in CNC is not started correctly. If the Acknowledge pulse
width is changed, the robot ladder program does not work correctly. Only Job Prefix can be change.
When the Job Prefix is changed, modify the program name using new prefix string.
4.7 SETTING INTERFERENCE PREVENTION SPACE

In case that the machine tool and the robot are interlocked, it is required that the robot cannot enter into
the machine tool while the machine tool is working. On the other hand, it is required that the machine tool
cannot work while the robot enters into the machine tool. This function realizes this mutual interference
prevention by defining the interference prevention signals between CNC and the robot and controlling
these signals appropriately.
In the robot controller, some methods to output the signal to prevent the interference are prepared. For
example, the robot program can check the signal for the machine tool working and output the signal that
indicates that the robot is in the machine tool. And the robot controller can output signal to prevent
interference by the interference prevention space function.
This section describes the setting for interference prevention space function. In interference prevention
space function, the robot cannot enter into the designated area unless the interference prevention input
signal is turned on, and the robot turns off the interference output signal while the robot is in that area.
NOTE
1. About interference prevention space function, refer to one of the following
manuals corresponding to your using robot controller.
MANUAL
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
• FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/ R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus
Controller OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Basic Operation)
2. When North America setting (A05B-2600-R650 : R-30iB/R-30iB Mate or later,
A05B-2500-R650 : R-30iA/R-30iA Mate) is ordered, this function is an option. It
is required to order Space Check (A05B-2600-J609 : R-30iB/R-30iB Mate or
later, A05B-2500-J609 : R-30iA/R-30iA Mate).
Procedure to set interference prevention space function

4 Select “Space fnct.” in the menu. Machine Interface screen is displayed.
- 48 -
Rectangular Space
LIST SCREEN 1/10
No. Enb/Dsbl Comment Usage
1 DISABLE [ ] Common Space
[ TYPE ] GROUP DETAIL ENABLE DISABLE
Fig. 4.7(a) Interference prevention space list screen
5 Press DETAIL (F3). The detail screen is displayed.
Rectangular Space
DETAILED SCREEN 1/7
SPACE :1 GROUP :1
USAGE : Common Space
1 ENABLE/DISABLE: DISABLE
2 Comment: [ ]
3 Output Signal: DO [ 0]
4 Input Signal: DI [ 0]
5 Priority: High
6 Inside/Outside: Inside
7 Common Space Num: 0
[ TYPE ] SPACE SETUP ENABLE DISABLE
Fig. 4.7(b) Interference prevention space detail screen
6 In case that you want to define the signals in accordance with “7.4 Other interface signals”, set 105
to the item “Output Signal”, then set 105 to the item “Input Signal”.
7 In order to set the space, press SPACE (F2) to display Space Setup screen. In this screen, set the
interference prevention space. There are following two methods to set the interference prevention
space.
a. Move the cursor to each item and enter the coordinate value by numeric keys.
b. Move the robot to the vertex of the rectangular, then, press RECORD (F5) with shift key to
record the robot position.
8 After setting the space, press PREV key to return to the Detail screen.
9 Press PREV key again to return to the List screen.
- 49 -
4.8 SETTING FOR CNC OPERATION SCREEN

In CNC operation screen on the robot teach pendant, it is possible to operate jog feed of the machine tool
and input tool offset data of CNC. In order to execute these operations, it is need to enable each operation
in Machine interface screen beforehand.
Furthermore, in order to execute jog feed of the machine tool on CNC operation screen, it is need to set
keep relay K0001.0 in PMC to 1 to enable signal process for the machine tool operation.
Procedure to set
4 Select “Machine I/F” in the menu. Machine interface screen is displayed.
Setup Machine I/F

Setup 1/5

[ TYPE ] [ OTHER ] ENABLE DISABLE
Fig. 4.8(a) Machine interface screen
5 Set the cursor to “Machine Tool Operation”.

6 Select ENABLE to execute machine tool operation in CNC Operation screen.
7 Set the cursor to “Tool offset changing”.
8 Select ENABLE to input tool offset of CNC in CNC Operation screen.
In order to execute machine tool operation, set keep relay in PMC by the following procedure.

10 Select “I/O”.
12 Select “PMC” in the menu. PMC screen is displayed.
- 50 -
PMC<RUNNING> PMC<RUNNING>
X Byte X0000.0 X Bit X0000.0
Addr. Symbol 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Hex Dec Address Symbol Port Name Value
X0000 00000000 : 00 0 X0000.1 DI1 DI[1] :0
X0001 00000000 : 00 0 X0000.2 DI2 DI[2] :0
X0002 00000000 : 00 0 X0000.3 DI3 DI[3] :0
X0003 00000000 : 00 0 X0000.4 DI4 DI[4] :0
X0004 00000000 : 00 0 X0000.5 DI5 DI[5] :0
X0005 00000000 : 00 0 X0000.6 DI6 DI[6] :0
X0006 00000000 : 00 0 X0000.7 DI7 DI[7] :0
X0007 00000000 : 00 0 X0001.0 DI8 DI[8] :0
X0008 00000000 : 00 0 X0001.1 DI9 DI[9] :0
X0009 00000000 : 00 0 X0001.2 DI10 DI[10] :0
Comment: Comment:
[ TYPE ] [ DATA ] [ FUNC ] BIT [ TYPE ] [ DATA ] [ FUNC ] BYTE

Byte Format Bit Format
Fig. 4.8(b) PMC screen (Data)
13 Press DATA (F2) key to display the data selection menu.

14 Select “K” in the menu.
15 Set the cursor to the bit “K0001.0” and set K0001.0 to 1.
If the keep relay in PMC cannot be modified and the message “Protected by K17.4” is displayed, enable
to modify data by the following procedure, then modify the keep relay.
16 Press DATA (F2) key to display the data selection menu.

17 Select “Parameters” in the menu. The following screen is displayed.
PMC<RUNNING>
Parameters 1/6
1 Forbid ladder monitor K900.0: DISABLE
2 Use Programmer K900.1: ENABLE
3 Stop PMC at startup K900.2: DISABLE
4 Change address value K900.4: EABLE
5 Protect data tbl ctl K900.7: DISABLE
6 Use Override mode K906.0: DISABLE
[ TYPE ] [ DATA ] [ FUNC ] ENABLE DISABLE
Fig. 4.8(c) PMC screen (Parameters)
18 Set the cursor to “Change address value” and set ENABLE.

19 Set the keep relay according to the procedure 13~15.
20 After change of the keep relay, set “Change address value” to DISABLE if necessary.
- 51 -
4.9 SETTING FOR ROBOT JOG FEED OPERATION FROM

CNC
It is possible to operate jog feed of the robot from CNC operation panel. In order to operate jog feed of
the robot from CNC operation panel, it is need to enable robot jog feed operation with DI signals in
Machine interface screen beforehand.
Procedure to set
4 Select “Machine I/F” in the menu. Machine interface screen is displayed.
Setup Machine I/F
Setup 1/5

[ TYPE ] [ OTHER ] ENABLE DISABLE
5 Set the cursor to “Jog Feed with DI signals”.

6 Select ENABLE to enable the robot jog feed from CNC operation panel. The message “Jog Feed
with DI signals is enabled.” is displayed.
When CNC to be connected is 0, even if ENABLE(F4) is selected, the message “ This requires one
or more CNC connected.” is displayed and the setting is not changed to ENABLE.
7 In order to enable new setting, please turn of and on the power of the robot controller.
NOTE
In case that the setting for “Jog Feed with DI signals” is changed, the new setting
is enabled after the robot controller is restarted.
- 52 -
B-75114EN/04 5. ROBOT SCREEN ON CNC
5 ROBOT SCREEN ON CNC

CNC provides the following robot operation screens.
• ROBOT STATUS screen
• ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen
• ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen
5.1 ROBOT STATUS SCREEN

The status of Robot signals and alarms are displayed on the ROBOT STATUS screen.
Procedure for displaying the ROBOT STATUS screen

10.4 inch display unit
2. Press the continuous key some times until the soft key [ROBOT STATUS] appears on the
screen.
3. Press the soft key [ROBOT STATUS].
4. The ROBOT STATUS screen is displayed.
Fig.5.1 (a) ROBOT STATUS screen (10.4inch)
7.2/8.4 inch display unit

1. Press the function key.
2. Press the continuous key some times until the soft key [ROBOT STATUS] appears on the
screen.
3. Press the soft key [ROBOT STATUS].
- 53 -
5. ROBOT SCREEN ON CNC B-75114EN/04
Fig.5.1 (b) ROBOT STATUS screen (8.4inch)

2. Press the vertical soft key [NEXT PAGE] some times until the soft key [ROBOT STATUS] appears
on the screen.
3. Press the vertical soft key [ROBOT STATUS].
Fig.5.1 (c) ROBOT STATUS screen (15inch)
Explanation of ROBOT STATUS screen

The following items are displayed on the ROBOT STATUS screen.
(1) SIGNAL STATUS (DO: Output signals from Robot)
- 54 -
Item Description Num. Of signals

UO Interlock signals between Robot and CNC 24
RO Signals between Robot and its hand unit 8
DO General-purpose signals between Robot and CNC 216
(2) SIGNAL STATUS (DI: Input signals to Robot)

Item Description Num. Of Signals
UI Interlock signals between Robot and CNC 24
RI Signals between Robot and its hand unit 8
DI General-purpose signals between Robot and CNC 232
(3) ROBOT STATUS

The signals selected from “SIGNAL STATUS (DI/DO)” are displayed. Up to 16 robot signals are
selectable by the setting screen.
(4) ROBOT ALARM

When the alarm occurs in the robot, the alarm messages are displayed.
Up to four messages can be displayed at the same time.
Operation of ROBOT STATUS screen

The following operations are available on the ROBOT STATUS screen.
Display changing of the signal types

1. Press the soft key [(OPRT)]. The following soft keys appear.
2. Press the soft key of the signals which you will display.
- Soft key [UO/UI]: Interlock signals between Robot and CNC
- Soft key [RO/RI]: Signals between Robot and its hand unit
- Soft key [DO/DI]: General-purpose signals between Robot and CNC
3. The selected signals are displayed on the screen.
Scrolling
1. Press the cursor key or to select either SIGNAL STATUS (DI) or (DO). The title of the
selected signal is highlighted.
2. Press the cursor key or to scroll the selected SIGNAL STATUS list by one line. And
press the page key or to scroll the list by one page.
Number searching
1. Press the cursor key or to select either SIGNAL STATUS (DI) or (DO).
2. Input the signal number to search, and press the soft key [NO. SRH].
3. The searched signal is displayed at the top of the list.
- 55 -
5.2 ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT SCREEN

The robot program and NC program can be managed on the ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen by
relating each other.
Procedure for displaying the ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen

2. Press the continuous key some times until the soft key [ROBOT SELECT] appears on the
screen.
3. Press the soft key [ROBOTSELECT].
4. The ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen is displayed.
Fig.5.2 (a) ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen(10.4 inch)
7.2/8.4 inch display unit

1. Press the soft key .
2. Press the continuous key some times until the soft key [ROBOT SELECT] appears on the
screen.
3. Press the soft key [ROBOT].
- 56 -
Fig.5.2 (b) ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen (8.4 inch)

2. The vertical soft key [NEXT PAGE] some times until the soft key [ROBOT SELECT] appears on
the screen.
3. Press the vertical soft key [ROBOT SELECT].
Fig.5.2 (c) ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen (15 inch)
Explanation of ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen

The following items are displayed on the ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen.
(1) Workgroup list

The relation of Robot program, NC program and comments is displayed. Up to 16 groups can be
registered.
- 57 -
• NO.
The selected group number is highlighted with blue.
• ROBOT
The robot program number is displayed. The robot program is common for all CNC paths.
• NC MACHINE PROGRAM (COMMENT)
The NC program is displayed by each CNC path.
When a comment is longer than a display size, a character “~” is put at the end of displayed
character string.
• FOLDER
The folder of the selected NC program is displayed.
When a folder name is longer than a display size, a part of the folder path is shortened with a
character “…”. If the cursor points at a Robot program, information is not displayed on this
item.
(2) ROBOT STATUS

The signals selected from SIGNAL STATUS(DI) and SIGNAL STATUS(DO) is displayed. Up to
16 robot signals are selectable by the setting screen.
Operating of ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen

The following operations are available on the ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen.
Selecting of Work group

1. Set the operation mode of all CNC paths to “EDIT” or “MEM”.
2. Press the soft key [(OPRT)]. And the following soft keys will appear.
3. Press the cursor key or to move the work group you will set.
4. Press the soft key [GROUP SELECT].
5. The Robot program and NC program of the work group are notified to Robot and CNC respectively.
NOTE
When you modify the setting of selected work group, please select the same
work group again after the modification is finished. By selecting the work group
again, the modified value is notified to CNC and the robot.
Setting of Robot program number

1. Press the cursor key or to move the cursor to the “ROBOT” column.
2. Input a Robot program number, and press the MDI key .

3. The inputted number is memorized to the corresponding work group list.
NOTE
Some consecutive inputs by EOB are not allowed.
Setting of NC program
There are two methods to select NC program.
・ The setting operation in the ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen
・ The setting operation in the PROGRAM FOLDER screen
- 58 -
・The setting operation in the ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen

1. Press the cursor key , , , or to move the cursor to the [NC MACHINE
PROGRAM] column of the work group you will set.
2. Input a program name, and press the MDI key .
3. Then, the program is selected from the foreground folder of the selected CNC path, and memorized
to the work group.
・The setting operation in the PROGRAM FOLDER screen

1. Press the cursor key , , , or to move the cursor to the [NC MACHINE
PROGRAM] column of the work group you will set.
2. Press the soft key [(OPRT)].
3. Press the soft key [PROGRAM SET].
4. The previously-selected current folder and the device will be displayed on the PROGRAM
FOLDER screen.
Please note that the available soft keys depend on the selected device type. And when “CNC_MEM”,
“MEMCARD” or “DATA_SV” is chosen as the device type, soft key [MACHIN SELECT] is
available.
Fig.5.2 (d) PROGRAM FOLDER screen
5. Move the cursor to the program you will select, press the soft key [MACHIN SELECT].
6. The selected NC program will be memorized and displayed on the ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT
screen.
NOTE
The soft key [MACHIN SELECT] is displayed on the PROGRAM FOLDER
screen only when entering from the ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen.
- 59 -
Deleting of the selected data

1. Press the soft key [(OPRT)], and the following soft keys will appear.
2. Press the soft key , , , or to move the cursor to the data you will delete.
3. Press the soft key [DELETE], and the following soft keys will appear.
4. If the soft key [EXEC] is pressed, the highlighted data is deleted. If the soft key [CAN] is pressed,
the deletion is canceled.
5.3 ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION SCREEN

The robot can be remotely operated from the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen of CNC.
The ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen is provided as a sample program of FANUC PICTURE.
This section describes the operation procedure of the sample ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
Procedure for displaying the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen


2. The ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen is displayed.
Fig.5.3 (a) ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen (10.4 inch)
7.2/8.4inch display unit

- 60 -
Fig. 5.3 (b) ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen (8.4 inch)
The 8.4 inch REMOTE OPERATION screen is composed of the following three sub screens.
When calling the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen from other CNC screen, the ROBOT
CONNECTION screen is displayed first. And each sub screen can be changed by the corresponding soft
key.
Fig. 5.3 (c) Sub screens of ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION（8.4 inch）
When pressing the soft key +, the soft keys are changed as follows. The definition of each soft key is
same as that of 10.4 inch ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
 ROBOT CONNECTION screen
 JOG FEED screen
- 61 -
 HAND / HOME POSITION RETURN /

ROBOT RESTART screen
And when pressing the soft key <, the soft keys are changed back to the ones for selecting the sub
screens.

Fig. 5.3 (d) ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen (15 inch)
Explanation of ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen

The following operations are available from the soft keys of the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
(1) CONNECT OPERATION

The robot remote operation right (for Jog feed, Hand operation, Home position return and Override
change) can be acquired/released.
(2) JOG FEED
The robot coordinate system can be selected from [XYZ (Cartesian coordinate system)] and [JOINT
(Joint coordinate system)], and the robot can be manipulated manually.
The following is the relationship of the coordinate system and each direction of axis.
Coordinate Direction of axis

XYZ X+, X-, Y+, Y-, Z+, Z-
JOINT J1+, J1-, J2+, J2-, J3+, J3-, J4+, J4-, J5+, J5-, J6+, J6-
(3) HAND OPERATION

The hand operation that is selected from up to ten operation patterns can be executed.
(4) HOME POSITION RETURN
- 62 -
The robot can be returned to its home position.
(5) OVERRIDE CHANGE
The override of robot operation speed can be increased/decreased.
(6) RESTART
The robot can be restarted.
If the robot stops the execution by some reason and CNC falls into a waiting state, the system can be
restarted by this operation without restarting the CNC side.
(7) ROBOT RESET
The robot alarm can be reset.
The robot alarm is cleared, but its action is not affected.
The following information is indicated on the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
(1) CNC NUM.

The CNC number (1-4) configured by the robot is displayed.
(2) CON. CNC
The CNC number that has the robot remote operation right currently is displayed. When any CNC
does not have the remote operation right, “0” is displayed.
(3) ROBOT PROGRAM
The robot program number is displayed at the top of the screen (the right side of the title bar).
(4) OVERRIDE
The current override of the robot operation speed is displayed in the range of 1% to 100%. When the
override is “low speed” ( less than 1% ), “---“ is displayed.
(5) RESULT of ROBOT START
When the robot program is finished with a normal state, “0” is displayed. If it is not finished
normally, the error code except for “0” is displayed.
(6) ROBOT STATUS
The signals selected from SIGNAL STATUS(DO) and SIGNAL STATUS(DI) is displayed. Up to
16 robot signals can be displayed.
When moving the cursor to the selected item, the cursor is highlighted with yellow.
Operation of ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen

The following operations are available on the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
Acquiring the remote operation right

1 Press the soft key [CONNE. OPER.] to move the cursor to “OFF” of “CONNECT. OPER”. And the
soft keys, “ON” and “OFF” appear.
Fig. 5.3 (e) Acquiring the remote operation right(1)

- 63 -
2 Confirm that the robot state is in the INTERLOCK MODE by using the ROBOT STATUS.
3 Press the soft key [ON] to acquire the remote operation right of the robot.
4 When the remote operation right is acquired successfully, the highlighted field is changed to “ON”,
and own CNC number is displayed at “CON. CNC”.
Fig 5.3 (f) Acquiring the remote operation right (2)
NOTE
1. To operate Jog / hand / home position/ override, the remote operation right has
to be acquired.
2. The robot can be reset regardless of the remote operation right.
3. If the remote operation right cannot be acquired because the robot is running a
program, or the other CNC has already acquired the remote operation right, the
message, “Failed to get control right of robot.” is displayed in the message field
at the bottom of the screen.
4. When the machine tool is in the stand-alone mode, the remote operation right
cannot be acquired. (The message “Interlock mode signal is off” is displayed in
the screen.)
Releasing the remote operation right

When selecting the soft key [CONNE. OPER.] and pressing the soft key [OFF], or when closing the
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen and returning to other CNC screen, the remote operation right
will be released.
If robot operation is necessary again, the remote operation right has to be acquired.
Jog feed
1. Press the soft key [JOG] to move the cursor to “COORD.”.
And select the coordinate system by pressing the soft keys “XYZ” or “JOINT”.
Fig. 5.3 (g) Selecting of the coordinate system for Jog feed
- 64 -
NOTE
The Cartesian coordinate system is selected initially.
2. Select the axis direction by using the Cursor key or .
COORD. COORD.
X+ J1 +
X- J1 -
... ...
Z- J6 -
Cartesian coord. Joint coord.
Fig.5.3 (h) Selecting of axis direction for Jog operation
NOTE
Just when the cursor is focusing an axis, the coordinate system cannot be
changed.
3. The robot will be moved according to the selected coordinate system and axis direction just while
being pushing "Robot operation button" of a machine operator’s panel.
NOTE
The soft key is not available while pushing “Robot operation button” of a machine
operator’s panel.
Hand operation
1. Press the soft key [HAND] to move the cursor to “<Hand operation>” as follows.
Fig.5.3 (i) Hand operation
- 65 -
2. Select the hand operation by using the Cursor key or .
1. <Hand operation1＞
...
Fig.5.3 (j) Selecting of Hand operation
3. When one of the hand operations is being selected and "Robot operation button" of a machine
operator’s panel is pushed, the robot will start the corresponding hand operation.
NOTE
The machine tool builder has to customize the contents of the hand operations
according to the actual system.
Home position return

1 Press the soft key [HOME POS.] to move the cursor to “HOME POSITION” as follows.
Fig. 5.3 (k) Home position
2 When “HOME POSITION” is being selected and "Robot operation button" of a machine operator’s
panel is pushed, the robot will start returning to the home position.
The robot just moves only while the button is being pushed. When the robot reaches the home
position, “RBT HOME POS.” of ROBOT STATUS becomes “ON”. So the button has to be kept
pushing until reaching the home position (until "RBT HOME POS." is "ON").
NOTE
When the robot already reached its home position, the robot does not move any
more even if the button is pushed.
- 66 -
Override change
The override of the robot operation speed can be changed by using the soft key [OVERRIDE].
NOTE
When the soft key is pushed once, its changed width of the override value
depends on the setting of the robot controller. Please see “4.5. SETTING STEP
OF OVERRIDE CHANGE”.
Robot restart
If the robot stops the execution by some reason and CNC falls into a waiting state, the system can be
restarted by restarting the robot program without restarting the CNC side.
Note that the robot controller must be in a state that CNC can call the robot program. It is typically
required to reset the robot and return the robot to its home position before restarting the robot program
Please refer to "7.1.3 Recovery from Failure of a Robot Program" for detail.
1 Check that “CON.CNC” is “0”. (All CNCs do not have the remote operation right of the robot.)
2 Press the soft key [RE-START], and the cursor will be moved to ”RESTART” as follows.
Fig. 5.3 (l) Robot restart
3 When “RESTART” is being selected and "Robot operation button" of a machine operator’s panel is
pushed, the robot will start the current robot program.
NOTE
The robot restart operation can be executed only when all CNCs are releasing
the robot remote operation right.
If another CNC has acquired the remote operation right when the robot restart
operation is executed in this screen, the robot cannot start the robot program.
Robot reset
When the soft key [ROBOT RESET] is pressed, the robot alarms are cleared.
NOTE
The robot reset operation can be executed regardless of the robot remote
operation right.
- 67 -
6. CNC SCREEN ON ROBOT B-75114EN/04
6 CNC SCREEN ON ROBOT

The CNC screens displayed on the robot teach pendant are as follows.
• CNC status display screen: CNC actual position of the tool, occurring alarm in CNC and so on are
displayed on the robot teach pendant.
• CNC operation screen: Machine tool operation and input of tool offset in CNC can be executed on the
robot teach pendant.
NOTE
• In case that the robot does not communicate with CNC by Ethernet, CNC
data cannot be displayed on the robot teach pendant.
• In case that the screen on teach pendant is divided, both CNC status display
screens and CNC operation screens can’t be displayed in some windows. If
you try to display these screens in another window, the alarm occurs and the
designated screen can’t be displayed.
6.1 CNC STATUS DISPLAY SCREEN

CNC status display screen consists of the following screens.
• CNC actual position screen
• CNC alarm screen
• CNC message screen
• CNC running program screen
• I/O screen
The language for display in these screens is same as the language selected in the robot controller. But, if
the language selected in the robot controller is different from the language selected in CNC, these screens
may not be displayed correctly.
Procedure to display CNC status display screen

2 Select “Browser” in the menu.
3 Press TYPE (F1).
4 Select “CNC” in the displayed menu.
5 CNC actual position screen is displayed.
- 68 -
B-75114EN/04 6. CNC SCREEN ON ROBOT
Fig. 6.1(a) CNC actual position screen
Displayed contents in CNC status display screen

The common items displayed in all CNC status display screens are as follows.
Fig. 6.1(b) Screen format

(1) Host Name, Path Name
• The name of the displayed CNC and path are displayed.
• The name of CNC is displayed by the host name of the client tag. If host name is not defined, IP
address is displayed as the name of CNC.
• If you want to change CNC and path to display, press these boxes, then select CNC and path in
the displayed menu.
(2) Screen Change Button
• If you want to display other screen in CNC status display screens, press the button
corresponding to new screen.
• The button for the current selected screen is displayed green.
(3) CNC Program Name, Sequence Number
• The program name selected in CNC and the sequence number are displayed.
(4) CNC status lamp
- 69 -
• These lamps display CNC status. Followings are explanation for each lamp.
Fig. 6.1(c) CNC status display lamp
(1) This lamp indicates CNC current mode.
Table 6.1(a) Mode list

Display Description
MDI Manual data input, MDI operation
MEM Automatic operation (memory operation)
RMT Automatic operation (DNC operation)
Automatic operation reading the program from external device
EDIT Memory editing
HND Manual handle feed
JOG Jog feed
INC Manual incremental feed
REF Manual reference position return
The mode to move the designated axis to the reference position by manual operation
TJOG TEACH IN mode that the manual operation is the jog feed.
TEACH IN mode is the mode to create the program with recording the current position of each
controlled axis to CNC memory when the tool is moved by the manual operation.
THND TEACH IN mode that the manual operation is the manual handle feed.
TEACH IN mode is the mode to create the program with recording the current position of each
controlled axis to CNC memory when the tool is moved by the manual operation.
**** Mode other than the above
(2) This lamp indicates CNC automatic operation status.
Table 6.1(b) Automatic operation status list

Display Description
**** Reset (When the power is turned on or the state in which program execution has terminated and
automatic operation has terminated.)
STOP Automatic operation stop (The state in which one block has been executed and automatic
operation is stopped.)
HOLD Feed hold (The state in which execution of one block has been interrupted and automatic
operation is stopped.)
STRT Automatic operation start-up (The state in which the system operates automatically.)
MSTR Manual numerical command start state (The state in which a manual numerical command is
being executed.)
Alternatively, tool retract and recover operation state (The state in which a recover operation
and repositioning operation are being performed.)
(3) This lamp indicates CNC axis moving status, dwell status.
Table 6.1(c) Axis moving status, dwell status list

Display Description
MTN Indicates that the axis is moving.
DWL Indicates the dwell state. (The state in which the transition to the next block is delayed for the
designated time.)
*** Indicate a state other than the above.
- 70 -
(4) This lamp indicates CNC auxiliary function execution status.
Table 6.1(d) Auxiliary function execution status list

Display Description
FIN Indicates the state in which an auxiliary function is being executed. (Waiting for the complete
signal from the PMC)
*** Indicate a state other than the above.
(5) This lamp indicates CNC alarm status.
Table 6.1(e) Alarm status list

Display Description
ALM Indicates that an alarm is issued. (Blinks in reversed display.)
BAT Indicates that the voltage of the lithium battery (the backup battery of the CNC) has decreased.
(Blinks in reversed display.)
Space Indicate a state other than the above.
About each status display, refer to Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System OPERATOR’S
MANUAL corresponding to your using CNC.
6.1.1 CNC Actual Position Screen

In CNC actual position screen, current position of the tool in CNC absolute coordinate and position of the
tool in CNC machine coordinate are displayed. Feed rate and spindle speed are displayed, too.
Fig. 6.1.1 CNC actual position screen
Displayed contents in CNC actual position screen

The displayed contents in CNC actual position screen are as follows.
1. Position data in the absolute coordinate

• Position data in the absolute coordinate are displayed. Unit for the position data is any one of
“MM” or “Inch” or “deg” according to the displayed unit in CNC.
• Position data for 5 axes can be displayed at the same time. Position data up to 24 axes can be
displayed.
• Axis name is same as the axis name displayed in CNC.
- 71 -
2. Position data in machine coordinate

• Position data in the machine coordinate. Unit for the position data is any one of “MM” or
“Inch” or “deg” according to the displayed unit in CNC.
• Position data for 5 axes can be displayed at the same time. Position data up to 24 axes can be
displayed.
• Axis name is same as the axis name displayed in CNC.
3. Feed rate
• Feed rate is displayed. Unit for the feed rate is any one of “MM/min” or “Inch/min” according
to the displayed unit in CNC.
4. Spindle speed
• Spindle speed is displayed. Unit for the spindle speed is “/min”.
Operation in CNC actual position screen

In CNC actual position screen, following operations are enabled.
Change of the displayed axis

In case that there are more than 5 axes in CNC, the displayed axes can be changed by “Prev” button and
“Next” button.
Update axis name

When the axis name is changed in CNC, it is possible to change axis name in this screen to the axis name
in CNC by pressing “REFRESH” (F4) key.
6.1.2 CNC Alarm Screen

In CNC alarm screen, the alarms occurring in CNC are displayed.
Fig. 6.1.2 CNC alarm screen
Displayed contents in CNC alarm screen

The displayed contents in CNC alarm screen are as follows.
1. Occurring alarm
• Up to 17 alarms occurring in CNC are displayed in this screen.
• Up to 8 alarms are displayed at the same time.
- 72 -
Operation in CNC alarm screen

In CNC alarm screen, the following operation is enabled.
Change the page

When more than 8 alarms are occurring in CNC, the displayed page can be changed by “Prev” button and
“Next” button.
6.1.3 CNC Message Screen

In CNC message screen, the operator messages displayed in CNC are displayed.
Fig. 6.1.3 CNC message screen
Displayed contents in CNC message screen

The displayed contents in CNC message screen are as follows.
1. Operator message
• Operator messages displayed in CNC are displayed.
• In case that CNC is set not to display the operator message, no message is displayed in this
screen.
• In this screen, up to 254 characters can be displayed. The characters after 254th character in the
operator message cannot be displayed in this screen.
6.1.4 CNC Running Program Screen

In CNC running program screen, running program in CNC is displayed.
- 73 -
Fig. 6.1.4 CNC running program screen
Displayed contents in CNC running program screen

The displayed contents in CNC running program screen are as follows.
1. Running program
• The program executed in CNC is displayed in this screen.
• One block of CNC program is displayed in one line. Up to 37 characters can be displayed in
one line.
• The block executed in CNC is displayed in the first line.
• The read-ahead block is highlighted with light blue.
• Up to 9 blocks can be displayed at the same time.
6.1.5 I/O Screen

In I/O screen, the I/O data connected with CNC are displayed.
Fig. 6.1.5(a) I/O screen
- 74 -
Displayed contents in I/O screen

The displayed contents in I/O screen are as follows.
1. DI signal
• Signal status and comments of robot input signal (DI) connected with CNC are displayed.
• The comments are same as the comments set in I/O screen for the robot controller.
2. DO signal
• Signal status and comments of robot output signal (DO) connected with CNC are displayed.
• The comments are same as the comments set in I/O screen for the robot controller.
Operation in I/O screen

In I/O screen, following operation is enabled.
Change screen
The displayed I/O can be changed by pressing arrow buttons and by input of signal number.
Fig. 6.1.5(b) I/O display change
(1) Arrow buttons to change DI data

• Next 8 DI data or previous 8 DI data are displayed by pressing these buttons.
(2) DI number input
• 8 DI data beginning from the input number are displayed.
(3) Arrow buttons to change DO data
• Next 8 DO data or previous 8 DO data are displayed by pressing these buttons.
(4) DO number input
• 8 DO data beginning from the input number are displayed.
6.2 CNC OPERATION SCREEN

CNC operation screen consists of the following screens.
• Machine tool operation screen
• Tool offset screen
The language for display in these screens is same as the language selected in the robot controller. But, if
the language selected in the robot controller is different from the language selected in CNC, these screens
may not be displayed correctly.
Procedure to display CNC operation screen

2 Select “Browser” in the menu.
3 Press TYPE (F1).
4 Select “CNC OPERATION” in the displayed menu.
5 Machine tool operation screen is displayed.
- 75 -
Fig. 6.2(a) Machine tool operation screen
Displayed contents in CNC operation screen

The common items displayed in all CNC operation screens are as follows.
Fig. 6.2(b) Screen format
(1) Host Name, Path Name

• The name of the displayed CNC and path are displayed.
• The name of CNC is displayed by the host name of the client tag. If host name is not defined, IP
address is displayed as the name of CNC.
• If you want to change CNC and path to display, press these boxes, then select CNC and path in
the displayed menu.
(2) Screen Change Button
• If you want to display other screen in CNC operation screens, press the button corresponding to
the screen that you want to display.
• The button for the current selected screen is displayed green.
(3) CNC Program Name, Sequence Number
• The program name selected in CNC and the sequence number are displayed.
- 76 -
6.2.1 Machine Tool Operation Screen

In Machine tool operation screen, jog feed of the machine tool can be executed on the robot teach
pendant.
• Up to 8 axes can be operated by jog feed per one path.
• Up to 5 paths can be operated by switching.
• Up to 4 machine tools can be operated by switching.
NOTE
The robot controller only processes the signals to execute jog feed of machine
tool according to the operation in this screen. In order to execute jog feed of
machine tool actually, it is required to create the ladder program in CNC to move
axes in the machine tool according to signals from the robot controller. Please
refer to “7.3 MACHINE TOOL OPERATION ON ROBOT TEACH PENDANT”
and create the ladder program in CNC.
In order to execute machine tool operation on this screen, the following settings are required.
• Enable machine tool operation in machine interface screen.
• Set the keep relay K0001.0 in PMC to 1.
About setting method of these settings, please refer to “4.8 SETTING FOR CNC OPERATION
SCREEN”.
Fig. 6.2.1(a) Machine tool operation screen
Displayed contents in Machine tool operation screen

The displayed contents in machine tool operation screen are as follows.
1. Operation Enable button, Operation Enable lamp, Response code from CNC
• In case that all conditions to operate the machine tool operation are satisfied, when Operation
Enable (“OPR. Enable”) button is pressed, Machine Operation Enable Request signal is output
to CNC.
• If Machine Operation Enable Status signal is responded from CNC that has received Machine
Operation Enable Request signal, Operation Enable lamp which is in the right side of “OPR.
Enable” button is turned on to indicate that the machine tool can be operated on this screen.
- 77 -
• In case that machine tool cannot be operated, Operation Enable lamp is not turned on and the
Response code that indicates the reason is displayed in “res.”.
2. CNC Actual Position display
• Current position of each axis in CNC in absolute coordinate is displayed. Up to 5 axes data are
displayed at one screen.
• In case that the number of axes in the selected path is more than 5, the displayed axes can be
changed by “Next” button.
• In case that there are more than 8 axes in the selected path, the axis data after 8th axis is not
displayed.
3. Machine Operation Axis and Direction Select button
• The axis and direction for jog feed of the machine tool are selected using these buttons. In order
to select the axis and the direction, press the “+” or “–“ button which is in the right side of the
each axis data that you want to operate.
• The axis which position data is displayed can be selected. In case that the machine tool has more
than 5 axes, change the displayed axes by “Next” button in order to select an axis after 5th axis.
4. Machine Operation Speed Override button
• The speed override for jog feed of the machine tool can be selected from “VFine”, “Low”,
“Medium”, “High”.
Operation in Machine tool operation screen

In machine tool operation screen, following operations are enabled.
Enable machine tool operation

Operation to change override and execute jog feed in machine tool operation screen is enabled by the
following procedure.
1. Set CNC to interlock mode.

2. Enable the robot teach pendant. If emergency stop button on the robot teach pendant is pressed,
release emergency stop button. In case that the robot controller is R-30iA controller or R-30iA Mate
controller, if the emergency stop button on the operator panel is pressed or the external emergency
stop signal is asserted, release the emergency stop status.
3. Press Operation Enable button in machine tool operation screen. When Operation Enable button is
pressed, the robot controller outputs Machine Operation Enable Request signal to CNC.
4. In case that Machine Operation Enable Status signal is returned from CNC, the lamp in the right side
of Operation Enable button is turned on. Turning on this lamp indicates that the operation in this
screen is enabled. In case that the request for operation is rejected by CNC, the reason is displayed
by the response code from CNC.
5. While machine tool operation is enabled, if Operation Enable button is pressed again or the
following conditions are not satisfied, machine tool operation become disabled and operation enable
lamp is turned off.
• Robot teach pendant is enabled.
• Emergency stop button on the robot teach pendant is not pressed.
• Emergency stop button on the operator panel is not pressed. (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
• External emergency stop signal is not asserted. (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
• Interlock Mode signal in CNC is ON.
• The robot controller communicates with CNC by Ethernet.
• Machine Tool Operation screen is displayed on the robot teach pendant.
Change override
While machine tool operation is enabled, override to execute jog feed of machine tool can be selected by
machine operation speed override button among “VFine”, “Low”, “Medium” and “High”.
- 78 -
• In standard setting, following table indicates the override value for each button.
Table 6.2.1(a) Standard value of override

Button Override
VFine 1%
Low 25%
Medium 50%
High 100%
• The output value when each button is pressed can be changed by the system variables
$MTSERV_CFG.$OV_VAL[1]~[4].
Table 6.2.1(b) System variables to define override value for each button
Button System variables
VFine $MTSERV_CFG.$OV_VAL[1]
Low $MTSERV_CFG.$OV_VAL[2]
Medium $MTSERV_CFG.$OV_VAL[3]
High $MTSERV_CFG.$OV_VAL[4]
• When Machine tool operation screen is displayed, or when selected CNC or path is changed, VFine is
selected automatically.
• When the selection of override is changed during machine tool operation, machine tool operation is
stopped.
Jog feed operation

While machine tool operation is enabled, jog feed of machine tool is executed by the following
procedure.
1. Select axis and direction for jog feed of machine tool by pressing “+” or “-“ button in the right side
of position data of each axis. Two or more buttons in these buttons cannot be pressed
simultaneously.
2. Press “M.JOG” (F5) key while the shift key is pressed on the robot teach pendant.
NOTE
“M.JOG” button in machine tool operation screen is not available. Please press
F5 key on the robot teach pendant to operate jog feed.
3. When the jog feed of the machine tool is executed for the first time after machine tool operation
screen is displayed or the selected CNC or path is changed, the following pop-up dialog box is
displayed to confirm the CNC and Path.
Fig. 6.2.1(b) Pop-up dialog box
4. Confirm CNC and path displayed in pop-up dialog box. If CNC and path that you want to operate is
displayed in pop-up dialog box, press “YES” button. Then, press “M.JOG” (F5) key while the shift
key is pressed again. If CNC or path is different form CNC or path that you want to operate, press
“NO” button and select correct CNC and path.
- 79 -
It is possible not to display this pop-up dialog box by setting the system variable. In case that the
system variable $MTSERV_CFG.$JOG_CONFIRM is TRUE, pop-up dialog box is displayed. If the
system variable $MTSERV_CFG.$JOG_CONFIRM is FALSE, pop-up dialog box is not displayed
and the signals for jog feed of the machine tool are output without confirmation.
5. While the jog feed of machine tool is executed, axis and direction for jog feed cannot be changed. In
order to change axis and direction for jog feed, stop the jog feed and then change axis and direction
for jog feed.
6. The conditions to stop the machine tool operation are as follows.
• Shift key or “M.JOG” (F5) key is released.
• Emergency stop button on the robot teach pendant is pressed.
• Emergency stop button on the operator panel is pressed. (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
• External emergency stop signal is asserted. (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
• Operation Enable button is pressed again to disable the operation.
• The robot teach pendant is disabled.
• Interlock Mode signal in CNC is turned off.
• The screen on the robot teach pendant is changed to another screen.
• All Machine Operation Axis and Direction Select buttons are not pressed.
• Other Operation Axis and Direction Select button or other Machine Operation Speed Override
button is pressed.
• Ethernet communication with the selected CNC is disconnected.
• Robot program is executed.
• Robot is moved.
6.2.2 Tool Offset Screen

In tool offset screen, tool offset data used in CNC can be input on the robot teach pendant.
Tool offset data in CNC for machining center system and tool offset data in CNC for lathe system are
different. And the required tool offset is different by the option configuration in CNC. In tool offset
screen, the required tool offset data are displayed according to type of CNC.
Fig. 6.2.2(a) Tool offset screen
In order to set tool offset data in this screen, it is needed to set “Tool offset data changing” to ENBALE in
Machine interface screen in SETUP menu. If “Tool offset data changing” is set to DISABLE, the back
surface of tool offset data in this screen is gray. Tool offset data that back surface is gray cannot be set.
- 80 -
Displayed contents in Tool offset screen

The displayed contents in tool offset screen are as follows.
1. Tool offset data

• Current tool offset value in CNC are displayed.
• The number of the tool offset data displayed in this screen is decided by the setting of the
number of tool offset data per a path in CNC.
• The unit and decimal place of tool offset data are decided by setting in CNC.
Tool offset data in CNC for machining center system and tool offset data in CNC for lathe system are
different. And the required tool offset is different by the option configuration in CNC. Furthermore, the
tool offset data that is required when tool offset for milling and turning function is enabled in CNC are
different. Tool offset screen corresponding to each CNC type is as follows.
Machining center system

In CNC for machining center system, the tool offset screen is decided by the type of tool offset memory.
Tool offset memory A

In tool offset memory A, the following tool offset data are displayed in tool offset screen.
• Tool offset data
• Direction of imaginary tool nose (T) (When direction of imaginary tool nose is enabled in CNC)
Fig. 6.2.2(b) Tool offset screen (Machining center system / Tool offset memory A)
Tool offset memory B

In tool offset memory B, the following tool offset data are displayed in tool offset screen.
• Tool geometry offset data
• Tool wear offset data
- 81 -
Fig. 6.2.2(c) Tool offset screen (Machining center system / Tool offset memory B)
Tool offset memory C

In tool offset memory C, the following tool offset data are displayed in tool offset screen.
• Tool length geometry offset data
• Tool length wear offset data
• Tool radius geometry offset data
• Tool radius wear offset data
Fig. 6.2.2(d) Tool offset screen (Machining center system / Tool offset memory C)
Lathe system
In CNC for lathe system, the tool offset screen is decided by tool geometry/wear compensation in CNC.
Tool geometry/wear compensation is disabled

In case that tool geometry/wear compensation is disabled in CNC, the following tool offset data are
displayed in tool offset screen.
• X-axis offset data
- 82 -
• Y-axis offset data (When Y-axis offset is enabled in CNC)

• Z-axis offset data
• Tool nose radius offset data (When tool nose radius offset is enabled in CNC)
Fig. 6.2.2(e) Tool offset screen (Lathe system / Tool geometry/wear compensation is disabled)
When “OFFSET2” button is pressed, Y-axis offset data are displayed. In case that Y-axis offset is
disabled in CNC, “OFFSET2” button is not displayed.
Fig. 6.2.2(f) Tool offset screen (Lathe system / Tool geometry/wear compensation is disabled)
In order to return to previous screen, press “OFFSET” button.
Tool geometry/wear compensation is enabled

In case that tool geometry/wear compensation is enabled in CNC, the following tool offset data are
• X-axis wear offset data
• Y-axis wear offset data (When Y-axis offset is enabled in CNC)
• Z-axis wear offset data
- 83 -
• X-axis geometry offset data

• Y-axis geometry offset data (When Y-axis offset is enabled in CNC)
• Z-axis geometry offset data
• X-axis second geometry offset data (When second geometry tool offset is enabled in CNC)
• Y-axis second geometry offset data (When second geometry tool offset is enabled in CNC)
• Z-axis second geometry offset data (When second geometry tool offset is enabled in CNC)
• Tool nose radius wear offset data (When tool nose radius offset is enabled in CNC)
• Tool nose radius geometry offset data (When tool nose radius offset is enabled in CNC)
Fig. 6.2.2(g) Tool offset screen (Lathe system / Tool geometry/wear compensation is enabled)
Alphabet “W” in the left of tool offset number represents the wear offset data, and “G” represents the
geometry offset data. In case that these alphabets are not displayed in the tool offset data display by
setting in CNC, these alphabets are not displayed in this screen, too. When setting for display of “W” and
“G” is modified in CNC while tool offset screen is displayed on the robot teach pendant, please press
“REFRESH” key on the robot teach pendant to reflect the setting in CNC.
In order to display tool offset data to set, change the screen by the buttons under side of screen. The
button corresponding to current screen is green. Table 6.2.2(a) shows the tool offset data displayed by
each button.
Table 6.2.2(a) Screen switch buttons

Button Displayed tool offset data
WEAR X-axis wear offset, Z-axis wear offset, Tool nose radius wear offset,
Direction of imaginary tool nose
WEAR2 Y-axis wear offset
When Y-axis offset is disabled in CNC, this button is not displayed.
GEOMETRY X-axis geometry offset, Z-axis geometry offset,
Tool nose radius geometry offset, Direction of imaginary tool nose
GEOMETRY2 Y-axis geometry offset
When Y-axis offset is disabled in CNC, this button is not displayed.
2ND GEOM X-axis second geometry offset, Y-axis second geometry offset,
Z-axis second geometry offset
When second tool offset is disabled in CNC, this button is not displayed.
- 84 -
• Screen displayed by “WEAR” button
Fig. 6.2.2(h) Tool offset screen (Lathe system / Tool geometry/wear compensation is enabled)
• Screen displayed by “WEAR2” button
Fig. 6.2.2(i) Tool offset screen (Lathe system / Tool geometry/wear compensation is enabled)
- 85 -
• Screen displayed by “GEOMETRY” button
Fig. 6.2.2(j) Tool offset screen (Lathe system / Tool geometry/wear compensation is enabled)
• Screen displayed by “GEOMETRY2” button
Fig. 6.2.2(k) Tool offset screen (Lathe system / Tool geometry/wear compensation is enabled)
- 86 -
• Screen displayed by “2ND GEOM” button
Fig. 6.2.2(l) Tool offset screen (Lathe system / Tool geometry/wear compensation is enabled)
In case that tool offset for milling and turning function is enabled
In case that tool offset for milling and turning function is enabled, the following tool offset data are
• X-axis wear offset data
• Y-axis wear offset data
• Z-axis (tool length) wear offset data
• X-axis geometry offset data
• Y-axis geometry offset data
• Z-axis (tool length) geometry offset data
• Tool nose radius (tool radius) wear offset data (When tool nose radius offset is enabled in CNC)
• Tool nose radius (tool radius) geometry offset data (When tool nose radius offset is enabled in CNC)
Fig. 6.2.2(m) Tool offset screen (Tool offset for milling and turning function is enabled)
- 87 -
Alphabet “W” in the left of tool offset number represents the wear offset data, and “G” represents the
geometry offset data. In case that these alphabets are not displayed in the tool offset data display by
setting in CNC, these alphabets are not displayed in this screen, too. When setting for display of “W” and
“G” is modified in CNC while tool offset screen is displayed on the robot teach pendant, please press
“REFRESH” key on the robot teach pendant to reflect the setting in CNC.
When “OFFSET2” button is pressed, Y-axis wear offset data and Y-axis geometry offset data are
displayed.
Fig. 6.2.2(n) Tool offset screen (Tool offset for milling and turning function is enabled)
In order to return to previous screen, press “OFFSET” button.
Operation in Tool offset screen

In tool offset screen, following operations are enabled.
Set tool offset data

Set new tool offset data in the “Numeric keyboard” window that is displayed when one of tool offset data
in the screen is selected. After new tool offset data is input, when Enter key on the teach pendant is
pressed, data is sent to CNC.
• The unit and decimal place of tool offset data in this screen are decided by setting in CNC.
• The setting range corresponding to the unit and decimal place of tool offset data are as follows.
Table 6.2.2(b) Setting range corresponding to decimal place (Metric input)

Decimal place Setting range
2 decimal places -9999.99mm ~ +9999.99mm
- 88 -
Table 6.2.2(c) Setting range corresponding to decimal place (Inch input)
Decimal place Setting range
3 decimal places -999.999inch ~ +999.999inch
• In case that the setting “Tool offset data change” in Machine interface screen is set to DISABLE, all
tool offset data in tool offset screen cannot be modified. The back surface of all tool offset data is
gray.
• Tool offset data restricted to modify by “Setting the tool offset value by MDI key input” in CNC
cannot be modified in this screen. The back surface of tool offset data restricted to modify is gray.
NOTE
The back surface of the tool offset data that is restricted to modify is gray. But, in
the following cases, the back surface of the tool offset data that is restricted to
modify may not be gray. In these cases, please press “REFRESH” (F4) key in
the tool offset screen in order to update the screen.
• While tool offset screen is displayed, setting of “Tool offset data changing” is
modified in Machine interface screen.
• While tool offset screen is displayed, setting of “Setting the tool offset value
by MDI key input” in CNC is modified.
Change the page

• When “NO. SRC” button is pressed and the tool offset number is input, the tool offset that the
number is input are displayed at the head of the screen. The maximum number of tool offset number
in this screen is same as the maximum number of tool offset number in CNC.
• When “Prev.” button is pressed, previous page is displayed. In case that “Prev.” button is pressed
when first page is displayed, the last page is displayed.
• When “Next” button is pressed, next page is displayed. In case that “Next” button is pressed when
last page is displayed, the first page is displayed. The maximum number of tool offset number in this
screen is same as the maximum number of tool offset number in CNC.
- 89 -
7. INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT B-75114EN/04
7 INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT

In this function, the signals used for interaction between CNC and the robot are defined as the standard
interface signal.
In CNC, the standard interface signals are assigned into the data area for robot connection function in
PMC data area. In the robot, the standard interface signals are assigned into PMC area automatically.
The ladder programs to interlock CNC and the robot through the standard interface signals are provided
to both CNC and the robot. The standard interface signals and the ladder programs realize the following
functions.
• Interlock between NC Program and the robot program

• Remote operation on machine operation panel
• Machine tool operation on the robot teach pendant
7.1 INTERLOCK BETWEEN NC PROGRAM AND ROBOT

PROGRAM
In order to interlock NC Program and the robot program, the robot program is started by the request in
NC Program.
1. The robot program designated by CNC is executed by the start request issued in NC Program.
2. After the robot program is started, NC Program waits until the robot program ends.
3. CNC goes forward the step of NC Program after CNC receives the signal that notifies the
completion of the robot program.
NC Program Robot Program
Program Start
(Wait)
Program End
Program Start
(Wait)
Program End
Fig. 7.1 (a) NC Program and robot program
In order to shorten the down time of the machine tool, the starting method that the robot program is
started before machining in the machine tool is ended and keeps waiting for the end of machining is used
commonly. This starting method is called "Overlap start".
- 90 -
B-75114EN/04 7. INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT
In overlap start, Service Call signal and Service completed signal to interlock between NC Program and
the robot program are used in addition to the signals needed for the program start. The robot program for
overlap start is divided into three parts, which are pre-service, service and post-service. Sequence of
overlap start is shown below.
1 NC Program issue Program Call signal prior to machining process completed. Specified Robot
Program is launched.
2 This robot program processes the pre-service task and waits for Service Call signal.
3 NC Program issue Service Call signal when machining process is completed. NC Program waits for
Service Completed signal.
4 Robot Program continues and processes the service task and issue Service Completed signal at the
end of the service task.
5 NC Program receives Service Completed signal and continues.
6 Robot Program processes the post-service task. In overlap start, Robot Program does not issue
Completed signal at the end of the robot program.
NC Program Robot Program
Program Start
Service Call (Wait)
Service Completed
(Wait)
Program Call
Service Call (Wait)
Service Completed
(Wait)
Fig. 7.1 (b) NC Program and robot program (Overlap start)
Create NC Program and the robot program according to above sequence.

• In order to create NC Program, refer to “8. NC PROGRAM”.
• In order to create the robot program, refer to “9. ROBOT PROGRAM”.
7.1.1 Interface Signals to Interlock Program

In order to interlock NC Program and the robot program, the following signals in the standard interface
signals are used.
This section describes the interface signals in case that only one CNC is connected to the robot controller.
About the interface signals in case that two or more CNCs are connected to the robot controller, refer to
“7.1.5 Connection between Multiple CNCs and Robot”.
The “CNC signal address” in the following tables is the address in the robot interface area which is
independent on communication protocol and the CNC number, and the address in case that the standard
setting value is used without change. About the detail of the robot interface area, refer to “3.2 DATA
AREA OF ROBOT CONNECTION FUNCTION”.
- 91 -
Form CNC to the robot controller From the robot controller to CNC
CNC Robot Name CNC Robot Name
Signal address DI Signal address DO
number number
R7232.0 1 *IMSTP R7200.0 1 Command enabled
R7232.1 2 *Hold R7200.1 2 System ready
R7232.2 3 *SFSPD R7200.2 3 Program running
R7232.3 4 Cycle stop R7200.3 4 Program paused
R7232.4 5 Fault reset R7200.4 5 Motion held
R7232.5 6 Start R7200.5 6 Fault
R7233.0 9 PNS1 R7200.6 7 At perch
R7233.1 10 PNS2 R7200.7 8 TP enabled
R7233.2 11 PNS3 R7201.0 9 Battery alarm
R7233.3 12 PNS4 R7201.1 10 Busy
R7233.4 13 PNS5 R7201.2 11 SNO1
R7233.5 14 PNS6 R7201.3 12 SNO2
R7233.6 15 PNS7 R7201.4 13 SNO3
R7233.7 16 PNS8 R7201.5 14 SNO4
R7235.0 25 Service Type 1 R7201.6 15 SNO5
R7236.1 34 Interlock Mode R7202.2 19 SNACK
R7236.2 35 Program Call R7207.0 57 Program Reply 1
R7245.1 106 Service Call R7207.1 58 Program Reply 2
R7245.6 111 Cycle Stop R7207.2 59 Program Reply 3
R7207.3 60 Program Reply 4
R7207.5 62 Maintenance State
R7207.6 63 Service State
R7207.7 64 Machine Interlock Mode
R7208.0 65 Remote Operation
Mode
R7208.4 69 Not Ready
R7208.5 70 Ready
R7208.6 71 Completed
R7213.1 106 Service Completed
Description of signals (from CNC to the robot controller)
*IMSTP (CNC : R7232.0, Robot Controller : DI[1])

• In CNC sample ladder, this signal is always ON, or the output of this signal is coupled with the
emergency stop of CNC. These two specifications are switched by the setting of PMC parameter.
• In the robot ladder program, the status of this signal is input in peripheral I/O UI[1].
*Hold (CNC : R7232.1, Robot Controller : DI[2])
• In CNC sample ladder, this signal is always ON.
*SFSPD (CNC : R7232.2, Robot Controller : DI[3])
Cycle stop (CNC : R7232.3, Robot Controller : DI[4])
• In CNC sample ladder, this signal is always OFF.
- 92 -
Fault reset (CNC : R7232.4, Robot Controller : DI[5])

• When reset operation is executed in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen on CNC, CNC
sample ladder turns on this signal for 200ms.
• In the robot ladder program, the status of this signal is input in peripheral I/O UI[5]. In addition, if
the following condition is satisfied, the status of this signal is input in peripheral I/O UI[4] at the
same time.
• Service state signal is ON.
• Keep relay K0000.7 is 0.
• The robot program is paused.
Enable (CNC : R7232.7, Robot Controller : DI[8])
PNS1 to 8 (CNC : R7233.0 to R7233.7, Robot Controller : DI[9] to DI[16])
• In CNC ladder program, when the robot program number is selected in the ROBOT PROGRAM
SELECT screen on CNC, the robot program number is output by binary code through these signals.
The value of output program number is preserved even if the power of CNC is turned off.
• In the robot ladder program, the status of these signals are input in peripheral I/O UI[9] to UI[16].
Service Type 1 to 4 (CNC : R7235.0 to R7235.3, Robot Controller : DI[25] to DI[28])
• CNC sample ladder outputs the service type to request of the robot controller by binary code through
these signals before turns on Program Call signal.
• In the robot ladder program, these signals are read by binary code, then set to group I/O GI[1]. It is
required to create the robot program so that the service type designated by these signals is executed.
Interlock Mode (CNC : R7236.1, Robot Controller : DI[34])
• In CNC sample ladder, while CNC is interlock mode, this signal is ON.
• The robot ladder program responds to only the request from CNC in which this signal is ON. The
request from CNC in which this signal is OFF is ignored.
Program Call (CNC : R7236.2, Robot Controller : DI[35])
• When the robot program number is selected in ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen on CNC, the
robot program number is output to the signal PNS1 to 8.
• In CNC sample ladder, this signal is turned on after Service Type signals are turned on in order to
start the robot program.
• In the robot ladder program, when the conditions to start the robot program are satisfied, this signal
is input to peripheral I/O UI[17] and UI[18] in order to start the robot program.
Service Call (CNC : R7245.1, Robot Controller : DI[106])
• In the system that both NC Program and the robot program are executed in parallel, the work
exchange motion of robot is interlocked with the machine work by this signal. For detail, refer to
“7.1.4 Overlap Start”.
Cycle Stop (CNC : R7245.6, Robot Controller : DI[111])
• In CNC sample ladder, this signal is turned on and off by pressing cycle stop button on machine
operator’s panel. If this signal is ON when the work exchange request is output to the robot
controller, the program cycle is terminated. When not the work exchange request but the work
unload request is output to the robot controller, CNC is reset and rewound, and the process is ended
after the robot operation is completed.
• In the robot ladder program, this signal is not used.
Description of signals (from the robot controller to CNC)
Command enabled (CNC : R7200.0, Robot Controller : DO[1])

• In the robot ladder program, the status of peripheral I/O UO[1] is output to this signal.
• In CNC sample ladder, this signal is not used.
System ready (CNC : R7200.1, Robot Controller : DO[2])
- 93 -

Program running (CNC : R7200.2, Robot Controller : DO[3])
Program paused (CNC : R7200.3, Robot Controller : DO[4])
Motion held (CNC : R7200.4, Robot Controller : DO[5])
Fault (CNC : R7200.5, Robot Controller : DO[6])
At perch (CNC : R7200.6, Robot Controller : DO[7])
TP enabled (CNC : R7200.7, Robot Controller : DO[8])
Battery alarm (CNC : R7201.0, Robot Controller : DO[9])
Busy (CNC : R7201.1, Robot Controller : DO[10])
SNO1 to 8 (CNC : R7201.2 to R7202.1, Robot Controller : DO[11] to DO[18])
• In the robot ladder program, the status of peripheral I/O UO[11] to DO[18] are output to these
signals.
• CNC reads these signals by binary code, and displays the value to “Robot Program Number” in
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
SNACK (CNC : R7202.2, Robot Controller : DO[19])
Program Reply 1 to 4 (CNC : R7207.0 to R7207.3, Robot Controller : DO[57] to
DO[60])
• In the robot ladder program, in case that the robot program cannot be started when the program start
request is received from CNC, or the robot program is not ended successfully, the binary code to
represent the cause of the failure is output through these signals. These signals are turned off when
Fault reset signal is input from CNC.
• CNC reads these signals by binary code, and display the value to the item “ROBOT START
RESULT” in ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
Table 7.1.1 Program reply signal

Reply 1 The robot controller cannot accept the request form CNC.
Reply 2 The robot controller is in the alarm or emergency stop state, or safety fence is opened.
Reply 3 In Remote Operation mode.
Reply 4 The last execution program ended abnormally, or the robot controller is in Not Ready.
Reply 5 The program selected in CNC does not exist. The condition for PNS start is not satisfied.
Reply 6 The program executed by PNS start did not end normally.
- 94 -
Maintenance State (CNC : R7207.5, Robot Controller : DO[62])

• In the robot ladder program, this signal is output if the following conditions are satisfied.
- Mode switch on the robot controller is set to T1 or T2 mode.
- Teach pendant of the robot controller is enabled.
Service State (CNC : R7207.6, Robot Controller : DO[63])
• In the robot ladder program, this signal is output if the following conditions are satisfied.
- Mode switch on the robot controller is set to AUTO mode.
- Teach pendant of the robot controller is disabled.
• If this signal is turned off while CNC can operate the robot by remote operation, CNC ladder
program turns off Remote Operation Request signal to release the right for the remote operation.
Machine Interlock Mode (CNC : R7207.7, Robot Controller : DO[64])
• In the robot ladder program, while the following conditions for machine interlock mode are satisfied,
this signal is ON.
- Service State signal is ON.
- CNC connected to the robot controller does not perform the remote operation.
Remote Operation Mode (CNC : R7208.0, Robot Controller : DO[65])
• In the robot ladder program, while the following conditions for remote operation mode are satisfied,
this signal is ON.
- Service State signal is ON.
- CNC connected to the robot controller performs the remote operation.
Not Ready (CNC : R7208.4, Robot Controller : DO[69])
• In the robot ladder program, while the following conditions are satisfied and Machine Interlock
Mode signal is ON, this signal is ON.
- Completed signal is OFF.
- The peripheral I/O UO[1] (Command Enable) in the robot controller is OFF.
- The peripheral I/O UO[7] (Reference position) in the robot controller is OFF.
- The peripheral I/O UO[10] (Busy) in the robot controller is OFF.
Ready (CNC : R7208.5, Robot Controller : DO[70])
• In the robot ladder program, while the following conditions are satisfied and Machine Interlock
Mode signal is ON, this signal is ON.
- Completed signal is OFF.
- The peripheral I/O UO[1] (Command Enable) in the robot controller is ON.
- The peripheral I/O UO[7] (Reference position) in the robot controller is ON.
- The peripheral I/O UO[10] (Busy) in the robot controller is OFF.
Completed (CNC : R7208.6, Robot Controller : DO[71])
• In the robot ladder program, when the robot program started by the request from CNC is ended
successfully, this signal is turned on. If the robot program cannot be started by any reason, or the
robot program is ended abnormally, this signal is not turned on. When this signal is turned on, if
Program Call signal is ON, this signal is turned off when Program Call signal is turned off. When
the robot program is ended normally, if Program Call signal is OFF, this signal is not turned on. This
signal is turned off when Program Call signal is input from CNC is turned off.
• Because CNC sample ladder detects the end of the robot program execution by this signal, when this
signal is turned on, CNC sample ladder operates the door of machine tool and indicates the
performance of FIN to CNC.
Service Completed (CNC : R7213.1, Robot Controller : DO[106])
• In the system that both NC Program and the robot program are executed in parallel, the work
exchange motion of robot is interlocked with the machine work by this signal. For detail, refer to
“7.1.4 Overlap Start”.
- 95 -
NOTE
About peripheral I/O in the robot controller, refer to one of the following manuals
corresponding to your using robot controller.
• FANUC Robot series R-30iA CONTROLLER HANDLING TOOL
OPERATOR’S MANUAL(B-83124EN)
• FANUC Robot series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER LR HANDLING TOOL
OPERATOR’S MANUAL (B-83134EN)
• FANUC Robot series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/ R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus
CONTROLLER OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Basic Operation)(B-83284EN)
7.1.2 Start of Robot Program by CNC

A robot program is started by the command in NC Program.
Process in CNC
• When the robot program number is selected in ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT screen on CNC, the
selected program number is output by PNS 1 to 8 signals.
• When M code is executed in NC Program, the request for the robot operation is output by Service
Type 1 to 4 signals according to the kind of M code and the state of cycle stop signal.
Table 7.1.2 Service type signal

Request for the robot operation Service type signal
1 2 3 4
Load work piece 1 0 0 0
Unload and load work piece 0 1 0 0
Unload work piece 1 1 0 0
About the request for the robot operation that outputs to the robot controller according to M code
and Cycle Stop signal, refer to “8. NC PROGRAM”.
• The Program Call signal is turned on after Service Type signals are output.
Process in the robot controller

• The robot ladder program starts the robot program when the robot controller receives the PNS
signals, Service Type 1 to 4 signals, and Program Call signal.
• It is required to create a robot program to execute the requested operation according to Service Type
signals.
• When the execution of the robot program is ended normally, Completed signal is turned on.
- 96 -
Signal sequence
The signal sequence to start the robot program by CNC is as follows.
CNC Robot : PNS1 to 8
Service Type 1 to 4
Program Call
Robot CNC : Completed
(1) (2) (3)
(1) When the robot program number is selected in ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT
screen on CNC, the value of the robot program number is set to PNS 1 to 8.
(2) When M code is executed in CNC program, CNC ladder program outputs Service
Type signals according to the request to the robot, and turns on Program Call
signal. The robot controller reads Service Type signals when robot Program Call
signal is turned on, and executes the requested operation.
(3) When the robot completes the requested operation, Completed signal is turned on.
When Completed signal is turned on, CNC ladder program is turned off Program
Call signal, and input FIN to CNC. In the robot controller, when Program Call
signal is turned off, Completed signal is turned off.
End of the robot program execution
In the following case, Completed signal is output from the robot controller.
• When the robot program execution is ended because the last line in the robot program has been
executed normally.
• When the robot program execution is ended because the END instruction in the robot program has
been executed.
In the following case, Completed signal is not output even if the robot program execution is ended.
• When the robot program execution is aborted by selecting “Abort” in the menu displayed by
pressing FCTN key on the robot teach pendant.
• When the robot program execution is aborted because the ABORT instruction in the robot program
has been executed.
• When the robot program execution is aborted by input of peripheral signal UI[4] (CSTOPI).
• When the robot program execution is aborted by the alarm which severity is more serious than
STOP.L.
• When the paused program is aborted because any other program is selected in case that the multi
program selection is disabled.
7.1.3 Recovery from Failure of a Robot Program

If the robot program cannot be started or the execution of the robot program is ended abnormally,
Completed signal is not turned on and Program Reply signals are output in order to notify the cause to
CNC. This state is that the robot program is aborted and the NC program is waiting for Completed signal.
The system operation can be continued by restarting the robot program without restarting the NC program.
If restarted robot program ended successfully, Completed signal will be turned ON and NC program can
resume.
Note that in case the robot program is not aborted but is paused, this method cannot be applied. Paused
robot program must be aborted by Reset operation (described below) or manual operation using the teach
pendant.
- 97 -
Recovery procedure from failure of a robot program is following:

1. Eliminate errors and issue Fault reset signal from CNC.
2. Correct condition so that READY signal is ON.
3. Issue PNS signal, Service Type signal and Program Call signal from CNC.
Reset operation from CNC.

Once the robot program is ended abnormally, following program call from CNC always fails. To reset
this status, identify and eliminate the cause for failure of the robot program and issue Fault reset pulse
signal from CNC. This signal clear alarms of the robot controller and clear the state of robot program
failure.
In addition, when keep relay K0000.7 is 0, the paused robot program can be aborted by input of Fault
reset signal from CNC.
Condition for Robot Program Call

The Ready signal must be ON to call a Robot Program from CNC. Correct condition if this signal is OFF.
This may include returning the robot to its home position.
Program call from CNC

The robot ladder program starts the robot program when the robot controller receives the PNS signals,
Service Type 1 to 4 signals, and Program Call signal while Ready signal is ON.
This is identical to the sequence to start the robot program initially. There are no distinction between
starting operation and continuing operation in robot side.
7.1.4 Overlap Start

In order to shorten the down time of the machine tool, the starting method that the robot program is
started before machining in the machine tool is ended and keeps waiting for the end of machining is used
commonly. This starting method is called “Overlap start”. In overlap start, Service Call signal and Service
completed signal to interlock between NC Program and the robot program are used in addition to the
signals needed for the program start.
• In NC Program, M code to notify the overlap start is executed before machining is ended.
• In the robot program, robot is moved to the position near the machine tool, and waits for input of
Service Call signal from CNC.
• In NC Program, M code to request to exchange the work piece is executed when machining is ended,
and Service Call signal is output to the robot controller.
• When the robot program receives Service Call signal, waiting for Service Call signal is released, and
the requested operation is executed.
• NC Program waits for input of Service Completed signal from the robot controller.
• When the robot goes outside the machine tool after the operation inside the machine tool, the robot
controller output Service Completed signal to CNC in order to release waiting in NC Program.
- 98 -
Signal sequence
In overlap start, the signal sequence to start the robot program by CNC is as follows.
CNC Robot : Service Type 1 to 4
Program Call
Service Call
Robot CNC : Service completed
(1) (2) (3)
(1) In NC program, when M code (M62) to notify the overlap start is executed,
CNC sample ladder output the kind of request operation to Service Type 1 to 4
signals, and turns on Program Call signal, inputs FIN to CNC immediately.
The robot controller reads Service Type signals when Program Call signal is
turned on, the robot moves to the position near the machine tool.
(2) In NC program, when machining is ended, M code to request the robot of the
work exchange is executed, and CNC sample ladder turns on Service Call
signal. In the robot program, the requested operation is executed when Service
Call signal is turned on.
(3) In the robot program, when the requested operation is ended, Service
Completed signal is turned on. In CNC sample ladder, when Service
Completed signal is turned on, Program Call signal and Service Call signal is
turned off, and input FIN to CNC. In the robot program, when Service Call
signal is turned off, Service Completed signal is turned off.
7.1.5 Connection between Multiple CNCs and Robot

Interface signal
In case that the robot is connected with two or more CNCs, the interface signals in the robot controller are
extended according to the number of CNC. The signals for each CNC are same as the signals described in
“7.1.1 Interface Signal to Interlock Program”. Only the signal number in each CNC is different. The
signal number in each CNC is as follows.
NOTE
It is need to set the number of the connected CNC with the robot beforehand.
Refer to “2. CONNECTION BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT”.
Form CNC to the robot controller

Name of signal CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
Signal number Signal number Signal number Signal number
*IMSTP DI[1] DI[257] DI[513] DI[769]
*Hold DI[2] DI[258] DI[514] DI[770]
*SFSPD DI[3] DI[259] DI[515] DI[771]
Cycle stop DI[4] DI[260] DI[516] DI[772]
Fault reset DI[5] DI[261] DI[517] DI[773]
Start DI[6] DI[262] DI[518] DI[774]
PNS1 DI[9] DI[265] DI[521] DI[784]
PNS2 DI[10] DI[266] DI[522] DI[785]
PNS3 DI[11] DI[267] DI[523] DI[786]
PNS4 DI[12] DI[268] DI[524] DI[787]
- 99 -

PNS5 DI[13] DI[269] DI[525] DI[788]
PNS6 DI[14] DI[270] DI[526] DI[789]
PNS7 DI[15] DI[271] DI[527] DI[790]
PNS8 DI[16] DI[272] DI[528] DI[791]
Service Type 1 DI[25] DI[281] DI[537] DI[793]
Interlock Mode DI[34] DI[290] DI[546] DI[802]
Program Call DI[35] DI[291] DI[547] DI[803]
Service Call DI[106] DI[362] DI[618] DI[874]
From the robot controller to CNC

Command enabled DO[1] DO[257] DO[513] DO[769]
System ready DO[2] DO[258] DO[514] DO[770]
Program running DO[3] DO[259] DO[515] DO[771]
Program paused DO[4] DO[260] DO[516] DO[772]
Motion held DO[5] DO[261] DO[517] DO[773]
Fault DO[6] DO[262] DO[518] DO[774]
At perch DO[7] DO[263] DO[519] DO[775]
TP enabled DO[8] DO[264] DO[520] DO[776]
Battery alarm DO[9] DO[265] DO[521] DO[777]
Busy DO[10] DO[266] DO[522] DO[778]
SNO1 DO[11] DO[267] DO[523] DO[779]
SNO2 DO[12] DO[268] DO[524] DO[780]
SNO3 DO[13] DO[269] DO[525] DO[781]
SNO4 DO[14] DO[270] DO[526] DO[782]
SNO5 DO[15] DO[271] DO[527] DO[783]
SNO6 DO[16] DO[272] DO[528] DO[784]
SNO7 DO[17] DO[273] DO[529] DO[785]
SNO8 DO[18] DO[274] DO[530] DO[786]
SNACK DO[19] DO[275] DO[531] DO[787]
Program Reply 1 DO[57] DO[313] DO[569] DO[825]
Maintenance State DO[62] DO[318] DO[574] DO[829]
Service State DO[63] DO[319] DO[575] DO[830]
Machine Interlock Mode DO[64] DO[320] DO[576] DO[831]
Remote Operation Mode DO[65] DO[321] DO[577] DO[832]
Not Ready DO[69] DO[325] DO[578] DO[837]
Ready DO[70] DO[326] DO[579] DO[838]
Completed DO[71] DO[327] DO[583] DO[839]
Service Completed DO[106] DO[362] DO[618] DO[874]
About following signals, there is the different point between the case that the robot is connected with two
or more CNCs and the case that robot is connected with only one CNC.
• *IMSTP signal
In case that the robot is connected with two or more CNCs, the logical product of *IMSTP signals all
CNC which are in interlock mode is input to peripheral I/O UI[1].
• *HOLD signal
- 100 -
In case that the robot is connected with two or more CNCs, the logical product of *HOLD signals in
all CNC which are in interlock mode is input to peripheral I/O UI[2].
• *SFSPD signal
In case that the robot is connected with two or more CNCs, the logical product of *SFSPD signals in
• ENABLE signal
In case that the robot is connected with two or more CNCs, the logical product of ENABLE signals in
About Service Type 1 to 4 signals, the input signals from each CNC are set to the group I/O in the robot
controller as follows.
Table 7.1.5 Service type input signal
CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
Group input signal number for GI[1] GI[2] GI[3] GI[4]
service type signal
Program start by CNC

In case that two or more CNCs output Program Call signals, the robot controller executes the robot
program requested by each CNC in the order of the request receipt. Other CNCs that output Program Call
signal wait for the execution of the requested program. When the robot controller cannot execute the
program, the robot controller output the not 0 value to Program Reply signals. In this case, the requested
program is not executed.
7.1.6 Failure to Interlock Program

There are many reasons why the start of the robot program by CNC and the interlocking are failed. This
section describes some common cases.
Ready signal in the robot controller is not ON.

When Ready signal in the robot controller is not ON, check the following points.
• Check whether single step is disabled.
• Check whether robot is in the reference position 1.
If above conditions are satisfied, check whether the remote condition is satisfied and peripheral I/O UO[1]
in the robot controller is ON. About the remote condition, refer to one of the following manuals
corresponding to your using robot controller.
• FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR’S MANUAL
• FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER LR HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR’S
MANUAL
• FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER
OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Basic Operation)
In overlap start, CNC does not work after the robot program execution is
ended.
In overlap start, Service Completed signal (DO[106]) is turned on/off by the command in the robot
program. After the execution of the robot program is ended abnormally, DO[106] remains ON. Because
the change of Service Completed signal from OFF to ON is detected in CNC sample ladder, even if NC
Program is restarted in this state, the robot program does work correctly. In this case, turn off DO[106]
first, then restart NC Program.
- 101 -
7.2 ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION ON CNC

It is possible to execute the robot remote operation on CNC operator’s panel. The remote operations
executed by the standard interface signals and CNC sample ladder and the robot ladder program are as
follows.
• Joint jog feed of the robot

• Cartesian jog feed of the robot
• Hand operation of the robot
• Home position return of the robot
• Check and change of speed override of the robot
In robot remote operation, the robot controller executes the operation requested by CNC according to the
input signals from CNC allowed to execute the robot remote operation. Hand operation of the robot,
home position return of the robot, and change of speed override of the robot are executed using macro
programs in the robot controller. About the detail of these macro programs, refer to “9.2 TEACHING
MACRO PROGRAM FOR REMOTE OERATION”. Joint jog of the robot and Cartesian jog of the robot
are executed without macro program.
NOTE
In order to execute jog feed of the robot by remote operation, it is need to enable
the function beforehand. Refer to “4.10 SETTING FOR ROBOT JOG FEED
OPERATION FROM CNC”.
7.2.1 Interface Signals for Robot Remote Operation

In order to execute the robot remote operation, the following signals in the standard interface signals are
used. This section describes the interface signals in case that only one CNC is connected to the robot
controller. About the interface signals in case that two or more CNCs are connected to the robot controller,
refer to “7.2.5 Connection between Multiple CNCs and Robot”.
setting value is used without change. About the detail of the robot interface area, refer to “3. SETTING
AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC”.
From CNC to the robot controller Form the robot controller to CNC
Signal DI Signal DO
address number address number
R7235.4 29 Hand Operation Type 1 R7205.0 41 Override output 1
R7236.3 36 Remote Operation Request R7205.4 45 Override output 5
R7236.4 37 Remote Operation Run R7205.5 46 Override output 6
R7236.5 38 Override Up R7205.6 47 Override output 7
R7236.6 39 Override Down R7205.7 48 Override output 8
R7236.7 40 Joint Jog Selection R7206.0 49 CNC ID Number 1
R7237.0 41 Direction for Joint Jog (J1+) R7206.1 50 CNC ID Number 2
R7237.1 42 Direction for Joint Jog (J1-) R7206.2 51 CNC ID Number 3
R7237.2 43 Direction for Joint Jog (J2+) R7206.3 52 CNC ID Number 4
R7237.3 44 Direction for Joint Jog (J2-) R7206.4 53 Access Control 1
R7237.4 45 Direction for Joint Jog (J3+) R7206.5 54 Access Control 2
- 102 -

Signal DI Signal DO
R7237.5 46 Direction for Joint Jog (J3-) R7206.6 55 Access Control 3
R7237.6 47 Direction for Joint Jog (J4+) R7206.7 56 Access Control 4
R7237.7 48 Direction for Joint Jog (J4-) R7207.4 61 Robot Power On
R7238.0 49 Direction for Joint Jog (J5+) R7207.7 64 Machine Interlock Mode
R7238.1 50 Direction for Joint Jog (J5-) R7208.0 65 Remote Operation Mode
R7238.2 51 Direction for Joint Jog (J6+) R7208.7 72 Jog Feed Operation State
R7238.3 52 Direction for Joint Jog (J6-) R7209.0 73 Hand Operation State
R7238.4 53 Direction for Coordinate Jog R7209.1 74 Home Return Operation
(X+) State
R7238.5 54 Direction for Coordinate Jog R7209.2 75 ACK for Remote Operation
(X-) Request
R7238.6 55 Direction for Coordinate Jog R7209.3 76 NAK for Remote Operation
(Y+) Request
R7238.7 56 Direction for Coordinate Jog
(Y-)
(Z+)
(Z-)
R7239.2 59 Home Position Return
Hand Operation Type 1 to 4 (CNC : R7235.4 to R7235.7, Robot Controller : DI[29] to

DI[32])
• In CNC sample ladder, the type of hand operation selected in ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION
screen on CNC is output by binary code. It is possible to designate the type of hand operation from 1
to 10. When the Remote Operation Run siganl is turned on after the type of the hand operation is
output, the hand operation correspoing to the requested type is executed in the robot controller.
• In the robot controller, these 4 input signals are assigned to Group I/O GI[5]. While the hand
operation is executed, the signals to designate the jog direction and home position return signal must
be OFF.
Remote Operation Request (CNC : R7236.3, Robot Controller : DI[36])
• In CNC sample ladder, when the operation to acquire the remote operation right is executed in the
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen of CNC by pressing soft key "CONNE.OPR." and then
"ON", this signal is turned ON. When the remote operation right is released, this signal is turned off.
• When this signal is turned on, the robot controller changes the mode to remote operation mode and
outputs ACK for Remote Operation Request signal to CNC. But, in the following case, the robot
controller outputs NAK for Remote Operation Request signal to CNC.
- While the robot program started by CNC is executing
- In case that the robot program started by CNC has been ended abnormally
- In case that the robot controller has already changed the mode to remote operation mode by the
request of the other CNC
When Remote Operation Request signal is turned off, the robot controller changes the mode to
machine interlock mode.
Remote Operation Run (CNC : R7236.4, Robot Controller : DI[37])
• In CNC sample ladder, in case that the operation to move the robot is selected in the ROBOT
REMOTE OPERATION screen, when the robot operation button on machine operator’s panel is
pressed, this signal is turned on.
- 103 -
Selected operation Signal status

Jog feed While the robot operation button is pressed, this signal is ON.
Home position return
Hand operation When the robot operation button is pressed, this signal is ON for 200 milliseconds.
• In the robot controller, when this signal is turned on with the signal to select operation, Jog Feed
Operation State signal or Hand Operation State signal or Home Return Operation State signal, in
remote operation mode, the requested operation is executed. In jog feed operation and home position
return operation, when this signal is turned off, the executing operation is stopped. Hand Operation
is executed when the robot controller detects the rising edge of this signal.
Override Up (CNC : R7236.5, Robot Controller : DI[38])

• When Override Up key is pressed in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen on CNC, CNC
sample ladder turns on this signal for 200 milliseconds.
• In the robot controller, when this signal is turned on, the speed override is changed. Only when the
robot controller is in remote operation mode, it is possible to change speed override by CNC. After
speed override is changed by CNC in remote operation mode, even if the mode is changed to
machine interlock mode, speed override is not changed.
Override Down (CNC : R7236.6, Robot Controller : DI[39])
• When Override Down key is pressed in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen on CNC, CNC
sample ladder turns on this signal for 200 milliseconds.
• In the robot controller, when this signal is turned on, the speed override is changed. Only when the
robot controller is in remote operation mode, it is possible to change speed override by CNC. After
speed override is changed by CNC in remote operation mode, even if the mode is changed to
machine interlock mode, speed override is not changed.
Joint Jog Selection (CNC : R7236.7, Robot Controller : DI[40])
• This is the signal to select the type of jog feed in case that the jog feed of robot is executed by the
remote operation on CNC. In CNC sample ladder, when JOINT is set to JOG COORD in the
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen on CNC, this signal is turned on. When XYZ is set to JOG
COORD, this signal is turned off.
• In the robot controller, when the jog feed operation is requested by CNC with this signal ON, the
designated axis is jogged. When the jog feed operation is requested by CNC with this signal OFF,
the jog feed is executed in Cartesian coordinate. If the input signal to designate jog direction is
inconsistent with the status of this signal, jog feed by remote operation is not executed.
Direction for Jog Feed (CNC : R7237.0 to R7239.1, Robot Controller : DI[41] to
DI[58])
• In CNC sample ladder, when the direction for jog feed is selected in the ROBOT REMOTE
OPERATION screen on CNC, one of these signals is output.
• In the robot controller, when Remote Operation Run signal is turned on by CNC after above
operation on CNC is executed, the robot is jogged to the designated direction. Do not turn on
another signal in these signals while one of these signals is ON. And, do not turn on Hand Operation
Type signal and Home Position Return signal while one of jog direction signal is on.
Home Position Return (CNC : R7239.2, Robot Controller : DI[59])
• In CNC sample ladder, when HOME POSITION is selected, this signal is turned on.
• In the robot controller, when Remote Operation Run signal is turned on by CNC in above status, the
robot moves to the home position by the execution of macro program. Do not turn ON Direction for
Jog Feed signals and Hand Operation Type signals while this signal is ON.
- 104 -
Override output 1 to 8 (CNC : R7205.0 to R7205.7, Robot Controller : DO[41] to

DO[48])
• The robot ladder program outputs the speed override value by binary code through these signals. If
the speed override is FINE or VFINE in the robot controller, 0 is output.
• CNC reads override value of the robot controller by these signals and displays the value to the item
OVERRRIDE in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen.
CNC ID Number 1 to 4 (CNC : R7206.0 to R7206.3, Robot Controller: DO[49] to
DO[52])
• The robot ladder program outputs the number to identify the connected CNC by binary code through
these signals. For example, the robot controller outputs 1 to CNC 1 connected to the robot controller
by the signals from DO[1] to DO[256], and outputs 2 to CNC 2 connected to the robot controller by
the signals from DO[257] to DO[512].
• CNC reads CNC ID number by these signals and display to the item “CNC NUM”. In the ROBOT
Access Control 1 to 4 (CNC : R7206.4 to R7206.7, Robot Controller : DO[53] to
DO[56])
• In case that two or more CNCs are connected to the robot controller, when one of the connected
CNCs executes remote operation, or when the robot program is executed by request from one of the
connected CNCs, the robot ladder program outputs the ID number for that CNC by binary code.
• CNC reads these signals number and displays the value to the item “CON. CNC” in the ROBOT
Robot Power ON (CNC : R7207.4, Robot Controller : DO[61])
• While the power of the robot controller is ON, the robot ladder program outputs this signal.
• While this signal is ON, CNC sample ladder controls the signals connected the robot controller.
Machine Interlock Mode (CNC : R7207.7, Robot Controller : DO[64])
• In the robot ladder program, while Service State signal is ON and all CNCs connected with the robot
controller do not execute robot remote operation, this signal is output.
Remote Operation Mode (CNC : R7208.0, Robot Controller : DO[65])
• In the robot ladder program, while Service State signal is ON and CNC connected with the robot
controller executes the robot remote operation, this signal is output.
Jog Feed Operation State (CNC : R7208.7, Robot Controller : DO[72])
• In the robot ladder program, while Remote Operation Mode signal is ON and jog feed operation is
selected on CNC, this signal is output. Because jog feed and hand operation and home position
return in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen on CNC are executed exclusively, this signal
is not turned on when either Hand Operation State signal or Home Return State signal is ON.
Hand Operation State (CNC : R7209.0, Robot Controller : DO[73])
• In the robot ladder program, while Remote Operation Mode signal is ON and hand operation is
selected on CNC, this signal is output. Because jog feed and hand operation and home position
return in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen on CNC are executed exclusively, this signal
is not turned on when either Jog Feed Operation State signal or Home Return State signal is ON.
Home Return State (CNC : R7209.1, Robot Controller : DO[74])
• In the robot ladder program, while Remote Operation Mode signal is ON and home position return
operation is selected on CNC, this signal is output. Because jog feed and hand operation and home
position return in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION screen on CNC are executed exclusively,
this signal is not turned on when either Jog Feed Operation State signal or Hand Operation State
signal is ON.
- 105 -

ACK for Remote Operation Request (CNC : R7209.2, Robot Controller : DO[75])
• When Remote Operation Request signal is turned on by CNC, if the remote operation can be
executed in the robot controller, this signal is output by pulse signal. Refer to “7.2.2 Condition for
Robot Remote Operation”.
NAK for Remote Operation Request (CNC : R7209.3, Robot Controller : DO[76])
• When Remote Operation Request signal is turned on by CNC, if the remote operation cannot be
executed in the robot controller, this signal is output by pulse signal. Refer to “7.2.2 Condition for
Robot Remote Operation”.
7.2.2 Condition for Robot Remote Operation

The robot remote operation by CNC can be executed when the robot controller is in the following state.
• Service State signal is ON.
• Machine Interlock Mode signal is ON.
• Ready or Not Ready signal is ON.
Ready signal and Not Ready signal are turned on when the robot program is not executed in the robot
controller. When both Ready signal and Not Ready signal are not ON, the robot remote operation cannot
be executed.
7.2.3 Acquire and Release the Right for Remote Operation

Acquire the right for remote operation
In order to execute the robot remote operation on CNC, CNC must acquire the right for remote operation.
When the acquisition for the right of remote operation is ordered in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION
screen on CNC, CNC sample ladder turns on Remote Operation Request signal. If the robot controller can
execute remote operation, the robot ladder program turns on ACK for Remote Operation Request signal.
If the robot controller cannot execute remote operation, the robot ladder program turns on NAK for
Remote Operation Request signal. If CNC sample ladder receives NAK signal from the robot controller,
CNC sample ladder turns off Remote Operation Request signal.
Release the right for remote operation

When the release for the right of remote operation is ordered in the ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION
screen on CNC, CNC sample ladder turns off Remote Operation Request signal. If the robot controller
detects that Remote Operation Request signal is turned off, the robot controller changes the mode to
machine interlock mode.
- 106 -
Signal sequence
CNC Robot : Remote Operation Request
Robot CNC : Ready or Not Ready
ACK for Remote Operation Request
Remote Operation Mode
(1) (2)
(1) When Ready signal or Not Ready signal is ON in the robot controller, if Remote Operation
Request signal is turned on in CNC, ACK for Remote Operation Request signal is turned
on in the robot controller, and Remote Operation Mode signal is turned on.
(2) When robot remote operation is ended in CNC, Remote Operation Request signal is turned
off, and Remote Operation Mode signal is turned off, then Ready signal or Not Ready
signal is turned on.
The robot controller remains in remote operation state until Remote Operation Request signal from CNC
is turned off. But, if the robot teach pendant become enabled in the robot controller that is in the remote
operation state, the robot remote operation on CNC cannot be executed. In case that the robot ladder
program turns on Maintenance State signal or turns off Service State signal, because the robot controller
is in the state that the robot controller cannot execute the remote operation, CNC sample ladder turns off
Remote Operation Request signal. And, if the power of the robot controller is turned off, the remote
operation on CNC cannot be executed. When Robot Power On signal is turned off, CNC sample ladder
turns off Remote Operation Request signal.
7.2.4 Detail of Robot Remote Operation

In the robot remote operation on CNC, hand operation and jog feed operation, home position return
operation can be executed. In order to execute the remote operation in the robot controller, CNC sample
ladder outputs the signal to select the operation after output of Remote Operation Request signal, then
outputs Remote Operation Run signal.
Signal sequence
CNC Robot : Home Position Return
Remote Operation Run
Robot CNC : Home Return Operation State
(1)
Busy
(2)
(1) When Home Position Return signal (or one of Hand Operation signals or one of Jog
Direction selection signals) is turned on, Home Return Operation State signal (or Hand
Operation State signal or Jog Feed Operation State signal) in the robot controller is
turned on.
(2) When Remote Operation Run signal in CNC is turned on, the program for home
position return (or hand operation or jog feed) is executed in the robot controller. While
the program is executed, Busy signal is ON.
- 107 -
While the remote operation is executed, Override Up and Down signal in CNC can change the speed
override in the robot controller at any time.

Interface signal
“7.2.1 Interface Signals for Robot Remote Operation”. Only the signal number in each CNC is different.
The signal number in each CNC is as follows.
NOTE

Hand Operation Type 1 DI[29] DI[285] DI[541] DI[797]
Remote Operation Request DI[36] DI[292] DI[548] DI[804]
Remote Operation Run DI[37] DI[293] DI[549] DI[805]
Override Up DI[38] DI[294] DI[550] DI[806]
Override Down DI[39] DI[295] DI[551] DI[807]
Joint Jog Selection DI[40] DI[296] DI[552] DI[808]
Direction for Joint Jog (J1+) DI[41] DI[297] DI[553] DI[809]
Direction for Joint Jog (J1-) DI[42] DI[298] DI[554] DI[810]
Direction for Coordinate Jog (X+) DI[53] DI[309] DI[565] DI[821]
Direction for Coordinate Jog (X-) DI[54] DI[310] DI[566] DI[822]
Direction for Coordinate Jog (Y+) DI[55] DI[311] DI[567] DI[823]
Direction for Coordinate Jog (Y-) DI[56] DI[312] DI[568] DI[824]
Direction for Coordinate Jog (Z+) DI[57] DI[313] DI[569] DI[825]
Direction for Coordinate Jog (Z-) DI[58] DI[314] DI[570] DI[826]
Home Position Return DI[59] DI[315] DI[571] DI[827]
- 108 -

Name of Signal CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
Override output 1 DO[41] DO[297] DO[553] DO[809]
CNC ID Number 1 DO[49] DO[305] DO[561] DO[817]
Access Control 1 DO[53] DO[309] DO[565] DO[821]
Robot Power On DO[61] DO[317] DO[573] DO[829]
Machine Interlock Mode DO[64] DO[318] DO[576] DO[832]
Remote Operation Mode DO[65] DO[319] DO[577] DO[833]
Jog Feed Operation State DO[72] DO[328] DO[584] DO[840]
Hand Operation State DO[73] DO[329] DO[585] DO[841]
Home Return Operation State DO[74] DO[330] DO[586] DO[842]
ACK for Remote Operation DO[75] DO[331] DO[587] DO[843]
Request
NAK for Remote Operation DO[76] DO[332] DO[588] DO[844]
Request
In case that Hand Operation Type selection signals are input from two or more CNCs, the input signals
from CNC that has the right for the remote operation is set to group I/O GI[5] in the robot controller.
Remote operation on CNC

When Remote Operation Request signal is output in two or more CNCs, the robot controller outputs ACK
for Remote Operation Request signal to CNC which output signal is received in the robot controller first,
the robot controller outputs NAK for Remote Operation Request signal to other CNC. Only CNC that
receives ACK signal from the robot controller can execute remote operation.
7.3 MACHINE TOOL OPERATION ON ROBOT TEACH

PENDANT
It is possible to operate machine tool in Machine tool operation screen on the robot teach pendant. The
machine tool operations executed by the standard interface signals and the ladder program in CNC and
the robot ladder program are as follows.
• Jog feed of the machine tool
• Speed override change for jog feed of the machine tool
While the operation is executed in Machine tool operation screen on the robot teach pendant, the signals
that is required for jog feed of the machine tool are output to CNC according to the operation. In order to
execute jog feed of machine tool actually, it is required to create the ladder program in CNC to move axes
in the machine tool according to signals from the robot controller. Please understand the specification of
signals by the following description and create the ladder program in CNC.
- 109 -
7.3.1 Interface Signals for Machine Tool Operation

In order to execute the machine tool operation on the robot teach pendant, the following signals in the
standard interface signals are used. This section describes the interface signals in case that only one CNC
is connected to the robot controller. About the interface signals in case that two or more CNCs are
connected to the robot controller, refer to “7.3.3 Connection between Multiple CNCs and Robot”.
setting value is used without change. About the detail of the robot interface area, refer to “3.SETTING
AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC”.
From CNC to the robot controller Form the robot controller to CNC
Signal DI Signal DO
R7247.0 121 Machine Operation Enable R7215.0 121 Machine Operation Request
Status
R7247.1 122 Machine Operation Request R7215.1 122 Machine Operation Path
Reject Selection (Path1)
Reject code 1 Selection (Path2)
R7215.6 127 Machine Operation Heart Beat
signal
R7215.7 128 (Reserved)
R7216.0 129 Machine Jog Feed Override 0
- 110 -
CNC Robot Name

Signal DO
address number
R7218.0 145 Machine Jog Feed Axis (1ST+)
R7218.1 146 Machine Jog Feed Axis (1ST-)
R7218.2 147 Machine Jog Feed Axis (2ND+)
R7218.3 148 Machine Jog Feed Axis (2ND-)
R7218.4 149 Machine Jog Feed Axis (3RD+)
R7218.5 150 Machine Jog Feed Axis (3RD-)
R7218.6 151 Machine Jog Feed Axis (4TH+)
R7218.7 152 Machine Jog Feed Axis (4TH-)
Machine Operation Enable Status (CNC : R7247.0, Robot Controller : DI[121])

• When CNC receives Machine Operation Request signal that is turned on by pressing Operation
Enable button in Machine tool operation screen on the robot teach pendant, if it is possible to be
operated the machine tool by the robot teach pendant in CNC, turn on this signal and keep ON status
while it is possible to be operated the machine tool by the robot teach pendant in CNC.
• In the robot controller, if this signal becomes OFF, Operation Enable Lamp is turned off and the
operation on the robot teach pendant is not available.
Machine Operation Request Reject (CNC : R7247.1, Robot Controller : DI[122])
• When CNC receives Machine Operation Request signal that is turned on by pressing Operation
Enable button in Machine tool operation screen on the robot teach pendant, if it is not possible to be
operated the machine tool on the robot teach pendant in CNC, output this signal in CNC by pulse
output for 200 miliseconds.
Machine Operation Request Reject Code1 to 4 (CNC : R7247.2 to R7247.5, Robot
Controller : DI[123] to DI[126])
• Before CNC outputs Machine Operation Request Reject signal, output the reason for the reject in
these signals by binary code.
• The robot controller reads these signals and displays the code number in Machine tool operation
screen.
• If CNC outputs Machine Operation Enable Status signal in response to Machine Operation Request
signal, turn off all of these signals.
• Keep On status until CNC responds to Machine Operation Request next time.
- 111 -
Machine Operation Request (CNC : R7215.0, Robot Controller : DO[121])

• When Operation Enable button is pressed in Machine tool operation screen, if all of following
conditions are satisfied, this signal is turned on.
- Interlock Mode signal is ON in CNC.
- Robot teach pendant is enabled.
- Emergency stop button on the robot teach pendant is not pressed.
- Emergency stop button on the operator panel is not pressed. (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
- External emergency stop signal is not asserted.(R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
- Robot controller communication with the selected CNC by Ethernet.
Machine Operation Path Selection (Path1 to 5) (CNC : R7215.1 to R7125.5, Robot
Controller : DO[122] to DO[126])
• The signal corresponding to the operated path in Machine tool operation screen is output. In case
that Machine Operation Enable Status signal is turned on and the robot teach pendant is enabled,
while “M.jog“ (F5) key is pressed with shift key, this signal is output.
• While the pop-up dialog box to confirm CNC and path is displayed, this signal is not output.
Machine Operation Heart Beat (CNC : R7215.6, Robot Controller : DO[127])
• While Machine Operation Enable Status signal is ON, this signal repeats ON and OFF status at 128
miliseconds interval.
Machine Jog Feed Override 0 to 15 (CNC : R7216.0 to R7217.7, Robot Controller :
DO[129] to DO[144])
• The override value corresponding to the jog feed speed override selected in the Machine tool
operation screen is output by these signal by binary code. In case that Machine Operation Enable
Status signal is turned on and the robot teach pendant is enabled, while “M.jog“ (F5) key is pressed
with shift key, these signals are output.
• The conditions to turned off these signals are as follows.
- Emergency stop button on the robot teach pendant is pressed.
- Emergency stop button on the operator panel is pressed. (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
- External emergency stop signal is asserted.(R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
- Interlock Mode signal is turned off in CNC.
- Machine Tool Operation Enable Stautus signal is turned off.
- The disaplayed screen is changed on the robot teach pendant.
- The robot teach pendant is disabled.
- Other axis and direction select button is pressed in the Machine tool operation screen.
- All axis and direction select button are not pressed in the Machine tool operation screen.
- Operation Enable button is pressed to disable the operation in Machine tool operation screen.
- Ethernet communication with the selected CNC is disconnected.
- The robot program is executed in th robot controller.
- Robot is moved by jog feed or program execution.
Machine Jog Feed Axis (CNC : R7218.0 to R7219.7, Robot Controller : DO[145] to
DO[160])
• The signal corresponding to the axis and direction for jog feed selected in the Machine tool
operation screen is output.
• Two or more signals in these signals are not ON at the same time.
• In case that Machine Operation Enable Status signal is turned on and the robot teach pendant is
enabled, while “M.jog“ (F5) key is pressed with shift key, these signals are output.
• The conditions to turned off these signals are as follows.
- Emergency stop button on the robot teach pendant is pressed.
- Emergency stop button on the operator panel is pressed. (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
- 112 -
- External emergency stop signal is asserted.(R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller)
- Interlock Mode signal is turned off in CNC.
- Machine Tool Operation Enable Stautus signal is turned off.
- The disaplayed screen is changed on the robot teach pendant.
- The robot teach pendant is disabled.
- Other axis and direction select button is pressed in the Machine tool operation screen.
- All axis and direction select button are not pressed in the Machine tool operation screen.
- Operation Enable button is pressed to disable the operation in Machine tool operation screen.
- Ethernet communication with the selected CNC is disconnected.
- The robot program is executed in th robot controller.
- Robot is moved by jog feed or program execution.
7.3.2 Create Ladder Program in CNC

In order to execute the machine tool operation on the robot teach pendant, create the ladder program in
CNC to realize the following signal process.
Enable machine tool operation

• Keep ON Machine Operation Enable Status signal while Machine Operation Request signal is ON, if
the machine operation by the robot teach pendant is available in CNC. In the robot controller, the
operation in Machine tool operation screen is available while Machine Operation Enable Status
signal is ON.
• After CNC turns on Machine Operation Enable Status signal, if CNC wants to disable the machine
operation by the robot teach pendant, turn off Machine Operation Enable Status signal. If Machine
Operation Enable Status signal is turned off, all signals for machine operation that have been turned
on by the robot controller are turned off.
• When Machine Operation Request signal is turned on by the robot controller, if CNC cannot accept
the request for jog feed of the machine tool by the robot teach pendant, output the reason for reject to
Machine Operation Request Reject Code signals 1 to 4 by binary code and output Machine
Operation Enable Request Reject signal by pulse signal for 200 milliseconds. The response code
output to Machine Operation Request Reject Code signals is displayed in Machine tool operation
screen on the robot teach pendant.
• After Machine Tool Operation Request is turned on by the robot controller, if neither Machine
Operation Enable Status signal nor Machine Operation Enable Request Reject signal is not turned on
within one second, the robot controller do the same process as the case that Machine Operation
Request Reject signal is turned on and Machine Operation Request Reject Code is 0.
Execute jog feed of machine tool

• In CNC, execute jog feed of the machine tool according to the instruction from the robot controller
while Machine Operation Enable Status signal is ON.
• Before CNC executes jog feed of the machine tool, set override value to the designated value by
Machine Jog Feed Override signals in the designated path by Machine Operation Path Select signals.
• If one of Machine Jog Feed Axis Select signals is input, move the axis selected by Machine Jog Feed
Axis Select signals to the direction selected by Machine Jog Feed Axis Select signals in the
designated path by Machine Operation Path Select signal. Two or more signals in Machine Jog Feed
Axis Select signals are not turned on at the same time.
• Confirm whether the robot controller works correctly by Machine Operation Heart Beat signal while
CNC executes jog feed of the machine tool according to the instruction from the robot controller.
While Machine Operation Enable Status signal is ON, Machine Operation Heart Beat signal repeats
ON and OFF at 128 milliseconds interval. When Machine Operation Heart Beat signal remains ON
or OFF for a while, stop jog feed of the machine tool immediately because the robot controller may
become abnormal status.
- 113 -

Interface signal
“7.3.1 Interface Signals for Machine Tool Operation”. Only the signal number in each CNC is different.
The signal number in each CNC is as follows.
NOTE

Signal Signal Signal Signal
number number number number
Machine Operation Enable Status DI[121] DI[377] DI[633] DI[889]
Machine Operation Request Reject DI[122] DI[378] DI[634] DI[890]
Machine Operation Request Reject code 1 DI[123] DI[379] DI[635] DI[891]

Machine Operation Request DO[121] DO[377] DO[633] DO[889]
Machine Operation Path Selection (Path1) DO[122] DO[378] DO[634] DO[890]
Machine Operation Heart Beat signal DO[127] DO[383] DO[639] DO[895]
(Reserved) DO[128] DO[384] DO[640] DO[896]
Machine Jog Feed Override 0 DO[129] DO[385] DO[641] DO[897]
Machine Jog Feed Axis (1ST+) DO[145] DO[401] DO[657] DO[913]
Machine Jog Feed Axis (1ST-) DO[146] DO[402] DO[658] DO[914]
Machine Jog Feed Axis (2ND+) DO[147] DO[403] DO[659] DO[915]
- 114 -

Machine Jog Feed Axis (2ND-) DO[148] DO[404] DO[660] DO[916]
Machine Jog Feed Axis (3RD+) DO[149] DO[405] DO[661] DO[917]
Machine Jog Feed Axis (3RD-) DO[150] DO[406] DO[662] DO[918]
Machine Jog Feed Axis (4TH+) DO[151] DO[407] DO[663] DO[919]
Machine Jog Feed Axis (4TH-) DO[152] DO[408] DO[664] DO[920]
7.4 OTHER INTERFACE SIGNALS

In addition to the above-mentioned interface signals, following signals are prepared as the interface signal
between CNC and the robot. Use these signals in NC Program and the robot program according to need.
From CNC to the robot controller From the robot controller to CNC
Signal DI Signal DO
R7236.0 33 CNC Power On R7203.0 25 RI[1]
R7242.0 81 Response of Peripheral R7203.1 26 RI[2]

Device 1
Device 2
Device 3
Device 4
Device 5
Device 6
Device 7
R7242.7 88 Response of Peripheral R7204.0 33 RO[1]
Device 8
Device 9
Device 10
Device 11
Device 12
Device 13
- 115 -

Signal DI Signal DO
Device 14
Device 15
R7243.7 96 Response of Peripheral R7208.1 66 Safety Fence Open
Device 16
R7244.0 97 Production System R7208.2 67 Safety Fence Close
Response 1
R7244.1 98 Production System R7208.3 68 In E.Stop state
Response 2
R7244.2 99 Production System R7210.0 81 Command to Peripheral
Response 3 Device 1
R7244.3 100 Production System R7210.1 82 Command to Peripheral
Response 4 Device 2
R7244.4 101 Input of Production System R7210.2 83 Command to Peripheral
Operation 1 Device 3
R7245.0 105 Robot Entry Approval R7210.6 87 Command to Peripheral
Device 7
R7245.2 107 Machine Alarm R7210.7 88 Command to Peripheral
Device 8
R7245.3 108 Door Open R7211.0 89 Command to Peripheral
Device 9
R7245.4 109 Door Close R7211.1 90 Command to Peripheral
Device 10
R7245.5 110 Part Change Position R7211.2 91 Command to Peripheral
Device 11
R7211.3 92 Command to Peripheral
Device 12
Device 13
Device 14
Device 15
Device 16
R7212.0 97 Production Operation 1
R7212.4 101 Output of Production System

Response 1
Response 2
- 116 -
CNC Robot Name

Signal DO
address number
Response 3
Response 4
R7213.0 105 *Robot Entry
CNC Power On (CNC : R7236.0, Robot Controller : DI[33])

• In CNC sample ladder, this signal is ON while the power of CNC is ON.
• If this signal is changed to OFF from ON, MTCOM connection will be disconnected, so don’t use
this signal for other purpose. By the way, if this signal is changed to ON from OFF, MTCOM
communication will start.
• The index of this signal can be changed by $MTSERV_CFG.$CNC_POW_IO[CNC number].
Response of Peripheral Device 1 to 16 (CNC : R7242.0 to R7243.7, Robot
• The robot controller uses these signals to monitor the peripheral device connected to CNC. In CNC
sample ladder, this signal is not used. In order to use these signals, it is required to create ladder
program in both CNC and the robot controller.
Production System Response 1 to 4 (CNC : R7244.0 to R7244.3, Robot Controller :
DI[97] to DI[100])
• These signals are used to notify all CNCs connected to the robot controller that the specified signal
is turned on in all CNCs. These signals are used coupled with Output of Production System
Response signals that are output by the robot controller to CNC. In CNC ladder program, turn on
these signals if necessary. The robot ladder program calculates the logical product for Production
System Response n (n= 1 to 4) signals input from all CNCs that are connected to the robot controller
and in interlock mode, and outputs the result of logical product to Output of Production System
Response n signals. For example, Production System Response 3 in all CNCs connected to the robot
controller are turned on, Output of Production System Response 3 signals in all CNCs are turned on.
If one of CNC connected to the robot controller turns off Production System Response 3 signal,
Output of Production System Response 3 signals in all CNCs are turned off.
• In order to use these signals, it is required to set the keep relay in the robot ladder program. For
detail, refer to “10 ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM”.
Input of Production System Operation 1 to 4 (CNC : R7244.4 to R7244.7, Robot
• These signals are used to notify the status of the specified signal in one of CNCs connected to the
robot controller. These signals are used coupled with Production Operation signals that are output by
the robot controller to CNC. In CNC ladder program, turn on these signals if necessary. The robot
ladder program calculates the logical addition for Input of Production System Operation n (n= 1 to
4) signals input from all CNCs that are connected to the robot controller and in interlock mode, and
outputs the result of logical addition to Production Operation n signals. For example, Input of
Production System Operation 2 signal in CNC 1 is turned on, Production Operation 2 signals in all
CNCs are turned on. If CNC 3 turns on Input of Production System Operation 2 signal, Production
Operations 2 signals in all CNCs are turned on, too.
• In order to use these signals, it is required to set the keep relay in the robot ladder program. For
detail, refer to “10 ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM”.
- 117 -
Robot Entry Approval (CNC : R7245.0, Robot Controller : DI[105])

• This signal is used to prevent the interference between the machine tool and the robot. In CNC
sample ladder, this signal is ON while machine is in the part exchange position and the door of the
machine tool is opened. If additional interlock between the machine tool and the robot is needed, use
this signal.
Machine Alarm (CNC : R7245.2, Robot Controller : DI[107])
• In CNC sample ladder, this signal is ON while alarm occurs in CNC.
Door Open (CNC : R7245.3, Robot Controller : DI[108])
• In CNC sample ladder, while the door that prevents the robot from entering into the machine tool is
opened, this signal is ON.
Door Close (CNC : R7245.4, Robot Controller : DI[109])
• In CNC sample ladder, while the door that prevents the robot from entering into the machine tool is
closed, this signal is ON.
Part Change Position (CNC : R7245.5, Robot Controller : DI[110])
• In CNC sample ladder, while the part is in the position to be loaded and unloaded by the robot in the
machine tool, this signal is ON.
Description of signals (from the robot controller to CNC )
RI[1] to RI[8] (CNC : R7203.0 to R7203.7, Robot Controller : DO[25] to DO[32])

• In the robot ladder program, the status of robot I/O from RI[1] to RI[8] in the robot controller is
output to these signals. In case that the two or more CNCs are connected to the robot controller,
same signals are output to each CNC. The status of these signals is displayed in the ROBOT
STATUS screen on CNC.
RO[1] to RO[8] (CNC : R7204.0 to R7204.7, Robot Controller : DO[33] to DO[40])
• In the robot ladder program, the status of robot I/O from RO[1] to RO[8] in the robot controller is
output to these signals. In case that the two or more CNCs are connected to the robot controller,
same signals are output to each CNC. The status of these signals is displayed in the ROBOT
Safety Fence Open (CNC : R7208.1, Robot Controller : DO[66])
• The robot ladder program outputs the status of FENCE signal of the robot controller. This signal is
ON while the safety fence is opened. The status of these signals is displayed in the ROBOT
Safety Fence Close (CNC : R7208.2, Robot Controller : DO[67])
• The robot ladder program outputs the status of FENCE signal of the robot controller. This signal is
ON while the safety fence is closed. The status of these signals is displayed in the ROBOT STATUS
screen on CNC.
In E Stop State (CNC : R7208.3, Robot Controller : DO[68])
• The robot ladder program outputs the status of emergency stop. This signal is ON while the
emergency stop button (on the teach pendant or on the operator panel) is pressed, or external
emergency stop signal is open. The status of these signals is displayed in the ROBOT STATUS
screen on CNC.
Command to Perepheral Device 1 to 16 (CNC : R7210.0 to R7211.7, Robot
• These signals are used to control the peripheral device connected to CNC by the robot controller. In
CNC sample ladder, these signals are not used. If necessary, create the ladder program in CNC to
output these signals to the peripheral device.
Production Operation 1 to 4 (CNC : R7212.0 to R7212.3, Robot Controller : DO[97]
to DO[100])
• In the robot ladder program, the status of Input of Production System Operation signals are output to
the Product Operation signals in CNC connected to the robot controller and is in interlock mode.
Refer to the description for Input of Production System Operation signals additionally.
- 118 -
Output of Production System Response 1 to 4 (CNC : R7212.4 to R7212.7, Robot

• In the robot ladder program, the result of the logical product for Production System Response signals
is output to CNC as Output of Production System Response signal. Refer to the description for
Production System Response signals additionally.
*Robot Entry (CNC : XR7213.0, Robot Controller : DO[105])
• This signal is used to prevent the interference between the machine tool and the robot. In the robot
controller, this signal is OFF while the robot enters into the machine tool. In order to use this signal,
some settings are needed. Refer to “4.7 SETTING INTERFERENCE PREVENTION SPACE”.
Connection between multiple CNCs and the robot

above. Only the signal number in each CNC is different. The signal number in each CNC is as follows.
NOTE
From CNC to the robot controller

CNC Power On DI[33] DI[289] DI[545] DI[801]
Response of Peripheral Device 1 DI[81] DI[337] DI[593] DI[849]
Production System Response 1 DI[97] DI[353] DI[609] DI[865]
Input of Production System Operation 1 DI[101] DI[357] DI[613] DI[869]
Robot Entry Approval DI[105] DI[361] DI[617] DI[873]
Machine Alarm DI[107] DI[363] DI[619] DI[875]
Door Open DI[108] DI[364] DI[620] DI[876]
Door Close DI[109] DI[365] DI[621] DI[877]
Part Change Position DI[110] DI[366] DI[622] DI[878]
- 119 -

RI[1] DO[25] DO[281] DO[537] DO[793]
RI[2] DO[26] DO[282] DO[538] DO[794]
RI[3] DO[27] DO[283] DO[539] DO[795]
RI[4] DO[28] DO[284] DO[540] DO[796]
RI[5] DO[29] DO[285] DO[541] DO[797]
RI[6] DO[30] DO[286] DO[542] DO[798]
RI[7] DO[31] DO[287] DO[543] DO[799]
RI[8] DO[32] DO[288] DO[544] DO[800]
RO[1] DO[33] DO[289] DO[545] DO[801]
RO[2] DO[34] DO[290] DO[546] DO[802]
RO[3] DO[35] DO[291] DO[547] DO[803]
RO[4] DO[36] DO[292] DO[548] DO[804]
RO[5] DO[37] DO[293] DO[549] DO[805]
RO[6] DO[38] DO[294] DO[550] DO[806]
RO[7] DO[39] DO[295] DO[551] DO[807]
RO[8] DO[40] DO[296] DO[552] DO[808]
Safety Fence Open DO[66] DO[322] DO[578] DO[834]
Safety Fence Close DO[67] DO[323] DO[579] DO[835]
In E.Stop state DO[68] DO[324] DO[580] DO[836]
Command to Peripheral Device 1 DO[81] DO[337] DO[593] DO[849]
Production Operation 1 DO[97] DO[353] DO[609] DO[865]
Output of Production System Response 1 DO[101] DO[357] DO[613] DO[869]
*Robot Entry DO[105] DO[361] DO[617] DO[873]
- 120 -
B-75114EN/04 8. NC PROGRAM
8 NC PROGRAM
In this function, by calling M code in NC program, CNC requests the operation of work-piece exchange
to the robot. Please create the NC program according to the explanation of this chapter.
8.1 OUTLINE OF CNC OPERATION

M code is called from NC program to specify the type and the timing of the operation requested to the
robot. When the ladder program detects the execution of M code, the operation request is sent to the robot.
When the ladder program receives the operation completion, FIN is sent to CNC, and as a result, the
machining is continued.
CNC Robot
Execution of Operation of ladder
NC program program Execution of program
operation
The content of request
Executes M code M code
operation is
and waits FIN
decided by M code
and related signals. Requested
The request is sent operation is
to robot. executed.
operation
FIN completion
Executes from the When completion
next line of M is received from
code robot, FIN is sent
to CNC.
Interface via I/O

signals
Fig.8.1 NC program and robot program
About the detail of I/O signal interface between the robot and CNC, please refer to chapter "7.
INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT". About the detail of robot program, please refer to
chapter "9. ROBOT PROGRAM".
This chapter explains about M code, operation of the ladder program and robot program when the sample
ladder program is used.
CAUTION
1 For details of the ladder program of the sample, please refer to the material
2 It is necessary to customize the sample ladder program according to the
specification of the machine tool. Moreover, please verify coordinated operation
with the robot enough.
- 121 -
8. NC PROGRAM B-75114EN/04
8.2 M CODE IN NC PROGRAM

When M60-M62 is executed, the sample ladder program requests the operation of unloading and loading
the work-piece to the robot. The operation request sent to robot is as follows.
Table 8.2(a) M code

M code Signal condition Operation request sent to robot
M60 Interlock Mode signal is ON Unloading and loading work-piece
AND
Cycle stop signal is OFF
Interlock Mode signal is ON Unloading work-piece
AND When the robot completes the operation of unloading the
Cycle stop signal is ON work-piece, reset and rewind operation is executed on CNC to
finish the machining.
M61 Interlock Mode signal is ON Loading work-piece
The operation request of loading the work-piece is sent to robot
on the first time M61 is executed after the status of Interlock
Mode signal is switched from OFF to ON. Since the second
times, nothing is executed.
Even if M60 or M61 is executed, nothing is executed when Interlock Mode signal is OFF. The NC
program automatically advances to the following line of M code.
For details of cycle stop, please refer to the chapter "3.5 SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAM FOR SYSTEM
OPERATION".
The example of NC program using these M codes is as follows.
Example 1
O0001 Operator sets work-piece in the machine tool by the hand and begins machining.
(Machining) Machining continues.
M60 The work-piece is exchanged by M60.
M99 NC program returns to the top by M99.
Example 2
O0001 Operator sets Interlock Mode signal from OFF to ON and begins machining with the status
that there is no work-piece in machine tool.
M61 The work-piece is loaded by M61.
In the M61 since the second times, nothing is executed. The next work-piece is machined
continuously.
Example 3 (cycle stop)

O0001 The operator can turn Cycle Stop signal on at any timing of machining.
M61
(Machining)
M60 The work-piece is unloaded by M60.
M99 When the robot completes to unload the work-piece, reset and rewind is executed on CNC to
finish machining.
The content of operation request is finally notified to the robot by the value of Service Type 1-4 signal.
The relation between the content of operation request and the value of Service Type 1-4 signals is as
follows.
- 122 -
B-75114EN/04 8. NC PROGRAM
Table 8.2(b) Service type 1-4 signals
Operation request Service type 1-4 signals
to robot 1 2 3 4
Loading work-piece 1 0 0 0
Unloading and loading work-piece 0 1 0 0
Unloading work-piece 1 1 0 0
The meaning of service type 1-4 signals is the same for the function "overlap start" described below.
For the details of service type 1-4 signals, please refer to the chapter "7. INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC
AND ROBOT".
In case of Overlap Start

The operation request sent to robot is as follows.
Table 8.2(c) M code (Overlap Start)

M code Signal condition Operation request sent to robot
M60 Interlock Mode signal is ON Actual work-piece exchange
(Service Call signal is ON)
M61 Interlock Mode signal is ON Loading work-piece
The operation request of loading the work-piece is sent to robot
on the first time M61 is executed after the status of Interlock
Mode signal is switched from OFF to ON. Since the second
times, nothing is executed.
M62 Interlock Mode signal is ON Beginning of overlap start
AND Unloading and loading work-piece
Cycle stop signal is OFF
Interlock Mode signal is ON Beginning of overlap start
AND Unloading work-piece
Cycle stop signal is ON
CAUTION
When M62 is executed, the robot moves near the machine tool. Neither
work-piece unloading nor loading is executed. When M60 is executed, an actual
work-piece unloading and loading are executed.
Example 1
O0001 Operator sets Interlock Mode signal from OFF to ON and begins the machining with the
status that there is no work-piece in machine tool.
M61 The work-piece is loaded by M61.
M62 The overlap start is notified by M62 on the way of machining. The robot moves near the
machine tool.
In the M61 since the second times, nothing is executed. The next work-piece is machined
continuously.
- 123 -
9. ROBOT PROGRAM B-75114EN/04
9 ROBOT PROGRAM
It is need to teach the robot program to load and unload a work piece interlocking with machine tool and
the macro program for robot remote operation on CNC. According to the description in this chapter, teach
the necessary programs.
9.1 THEACHING ROBOT PROGRAM TO INTERLOCK WITH

MACHINE
This section describes how to teach the robot program that interlocks with CNC program.
9.1.1 Name of Program

In this function, the robot programs are started by Program Number Selection (PNS) function. The robot
program name must be “PNS” + “Four digit number”. The string “PNS” can be changed to other string.
Refer to “4.6 SETTING PROGRAM NUMBER SELECTION (PNS)”.
9.1.2 Basic Structure of Robot Program

In the robot program, check the service type input from CNC at the beginning and branch to each process
according to the service type. The service type is input to the following group input signals.
Table 9.1.2 Service type input signal

CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
Group input signal number GI[1] GI[2] GI[3] GI[4]
for service type
In the program started by CNC1, branch to the process according to the value of GI[1] as follows.
1: IF GI[1]=1,JMP LBL[110] ; Branch according to group input G[1].

2: IF GI[1]=2,JMP LBL[120] ;
3: JMP LBL[900] ;
4: ;
5: LBL[110:Service Type 1] ;
6: !!!! Process for Service Type 1 Teach the process for service type 1.
7: END ;
8: ;
9: LBL[110: Service Type 2] ;
10: !!!! Process for Service Type 2 Teach the process for service type 2.
11: END ;
12: ;
13: LBL[900:Incorrect Service type] ;
14: UALM[1] ;
15: END ;
- 124 -
B-75114EN/04 9. ROBOT PROGRAM
9.1.3 Example of Robot Program

Following is the example of the robot program. About the process for each service type in this program is
described in Table 9.1.3.
Table 9.1.3 Process for each service type

Service type 1 The robot picks up a work piece from the pallet and loads a work piece to machine tool at
cycle start. In this case, the robot executes only the load of a work piece because a
processed work piece is not in the machine tool.
Service type 2 The robot moves into the machine tool with holding an unprocessed work piece, then
unloads a processed work piece at first, and loads an unprocessed work piece.
Service type 3 The robot unloads a processed work piece from the machine tool at cycle end.
Example of the robot program
1: IF GI[1]=1,JMP LBL[110] ; Branch according to service type.

2: IF GI[1]=2,JMP LBL[120] ;
3: IF GI[1]=3,JMP LBL[130] ;
4: JMP LBL[900] ;
5: ;
6: LBL[110:Load a work piece] ; < Loading work piece (Service type 1) >
7: ! Pick up a work piece ;
8: CALL PICK_1 ; Teach the motion to pick up an unprocessed work
9: ! Move in front of the machine ; piece from the pallet.
10: CALL MOVETO1 ; Teach the motion to move in front of the machine.
11: ! Condition to enter ;
12: WAIT DI[105:Robot Entry Approval]=ON
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
13: WAIT DI[108:Door Open]=ON
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
14: WAIT DI[110:Part Change Position]=ON
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
15: ! Move into the machine ;
16: CALL MOVEIN1 ; Teach the motion to move to the position to load a
17: ! Load work piece ; work piece.
18: CALL LOAD ; Teach the motion to load a work piece to the machine.
19: ! Move out of the machine ;
20: CALL MOVEOUT1 ; Teach the motion to move out of the machine.
21: ! Move to the home position ;
22: CALL HOME1 ; Teach the motion to move to home position.
23: END ;
24: ;
25: LBL[120:Exchange the work piece] ; < Unloading and loading work piece (Service type 2) >
27: CALL PICK ; Teach the motion to pick up an unprocessed work
30: ! Condition to enter
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
35: CALL MOVEIN2 ; Teach the motion to move to the position to unload a
36: ! Unload the work piece ; work piece.
- 125 -
37: CALL UNLOAD ; Teach the motion to unload a work piece to the
38: ! Load the work piece ; machine.
42: ! Place the work piece ;
43: CALL PLACE ; Teach the motion to place a processed work piece to
44: ! Move to the home position ; the pallet.
45: CALL HOME2; Teach the motion to move to home position.
46: END ;
47: ;
48: LBL[130:Unload the work piece] ; < Unloading work piece (Service type 3) >
49: ! Move in front of the machine ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
59: ! Move out of the machine ; machine.
65: END ;
66: ;
67: LBL[900:Incorrect Service Type] ;
68: UALM[1] ;
69: END ;
70: ;
71: LBL[910:Time out] ;
72: UALM[2] ;
73: END ;
Example of the robot program for overlap start

Following is example of the robot program to use overlap start. In case that both loading and unloading a
work piece are executed in the same cycle and only unloading a work piece is executed at ending cycle,
the robot moves to the position in front of the machine tool and waits until Service Call signal is turned
on. When Service Call signal is turned on, the robot moves into the machine tool and the designated
process is executed. After the process executed into the machine tool is ended, when the robot moves to
the position out of the machine tool, the robot turns off Service Completed signal to release waiting in
CNC program. Service completed signal is turned off when Service Call Signal is turned off.
Example of the robot program (Overlap start)

1: IF GI[1]=1,JMP LBL[110] ; Branch according to service type.
2: IF GI[1]=2,JMP LBL[120] ;
3: IF GI[1]=3,JMP LBL[130] ;
4: JMP LBL[900] ;
5: ;
- 126 -
6: LBL[110:Load a work piece] ; < Loading work piece (Service type 1) >
8: CALL PICK_1 ; Teach the motion to pick up an unprocessed work
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
14: WAIT DI[110:Work Change Position]=ON
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
16: CALL MOVEIN1 ; Teach the motion to move to the position to load a
17: ! Load a work piece ; work piece.
21: ! Move to the home position ;
23: END ;
24: ;
25: LBL[120:Exchange the work piece] ; < Unloading and loading work piece (Service type 2) >
27: CALL PICK ; Teach the motion to pick up an unprocessed work
30: ! Wait for Service Call signal input ;
31: WAIT DI[106:Service Call]=ON ; Wait until Service Call signal is turned on.
32: ! Condition to enter
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
40: ! Load a work piece ; machine.
44: ! Service complete ;
45: DO[106:Service Completed]=ON ; Turn on Service Completed signal.
46: WAIT DI[106:Service Call]=OFF Wait until Service Call signal is turned off.
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
47: DO[106:Service Competed]=OFF ; Turn off Service Completed signal.
48: ! Start the machine process ;
52: CALL HOME2; Teach the motion to move to home position.
53: END ;
54: ;
55: LBL[130:Unload the work piece] ; < Unloading work piece (Service type 3) >
56: ! Move in front of the machine ;
- 127 -
58: ! Wait for Service Call signal input ;
59: WAIT DI[106]=ON ; Wait until Service Call signal is turned on.
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
68: ! Move out of the machine ; machine.
70: ! Service complete ;
71: DO[106:Service Completed]=ON ; Turn on Service Completed signal.
72: WAIT DI[106:Service Call]=OFF Wait until Service Call signal is turned off.
TIMEOUT,LBL[910] ;
73: DO[106:Service Completed]=OFF ; Turn off Service Completed signal.
74: ! Place the work ;
78: END ;
79: ;
80: LBL[900:Incorrect Service Type] ;
81: UALM[1] ;
82: END ;
83: ;
84: LBL[910:Time out] ;
85: UALM[2] ;
86: END ;
9.1.4 Attention to Teach Program

Because the robot ladder program aborts the robot program when the robot program is paused, PAUSE
instruction in the robot program has no effect in this function.
9.2 TEACHING MACRO PROGRAM FOR REMOTE

OPERATION
Robot hand operation and robot home position return, robot speed override change in the remote
operation are executed using macro program in the robot controller. The macro programs for these
operations are installed in the robot controller beforehand. But, the macro programs for hand operation
and home position return are untaught. It is required to teach the macro programs for hand operation and
home position return before the remote operation is executed. The macro program for override change can
be used as it is. About the robot jog feed operation, the macro program is not used.
- 128 -
9.2.1 Macro Program for Remote Operation

Following macro programs for the remote operation are loaded to the robot controller beforehand. And
these programs have been registered as the macro instruction. Do not change settings of the macro
instructions for these macro programs.
Table 9.2.1 Macro programs for remote operation

Program name Description
HANDOP_M This program receives the request for hand operation and calls sub program for the requested
hand operation.
HANDOP01 This program executes the hand operation 1. (Untaught)
MTSHOME This is the program for home position return. (Untaught)
REM_ENT This program is executed when the remote operation is started. This program changes the
speed override to 5%.
REM_EXT In case that the keep relay K0000.5 is 1, this program is executed when the remote operation is
ended. This program restores the value of speed override.
OVRUP This program raises the speed override value.
OVRDOWN This program lowers the speed override value.
OVRSET OVRUP and OVRDOWN call this program.
9.2.2 Teaching Program for Hand Operation

When hand operation is executed in the remote operation on CNC, the program HANDOP_M that
receives the request for hand operation is executed in the robot controller. The type of hand operation
designated in CNC is input to group I/O GI[5]. The program HANDOP_M is taught to execute the sub
program for each hand operation according to the value of GI[5]. The program HANDOP_M can be
executed without change.
HANDOP_M
1: IF GI[5]=1,JMP LBL[10] ; Branch according to the type of hand operation(GI[5]).

2: IF GI[5]=2,JMP LBL[20] ;
3: IF GI[5]=3,JMP LBL[30] ;
4: IF GI[5]=4,JMP LBL[40] ;
5: IF GI[5]=5,JMP LBL[50] ;
6: IF GI[5]=6,JMP LBL[60] ;
7: IF GI[5]=7,JMP LBL[70] ;
8: IF GI[5]=8,JMP LBL[80] ;
9: IF GI[5]=9,JMP LBL[90] ;
10: IF GI[5]=10,JMP LBL[100] ;
11: END ;
12: ;
13: LBL[10] ; < Process for hand operation 1 >
14: CALL HANDOP01 ; Call sub program for the hand operation 1.
15: END ;
16: ;
- 129 -

19: END ;
20: ;
23: END ;
24: ;
27: END ;
28: ;
31: END ;
32: ;
35: END ;
36: ;
39: END ;
40: ;
43: END ;
44: ;
47: END ;
48: ;
51: END ;
The sub programs for hand operation from HANDOP01 to HANDOP10 are untaught. Teach these sub
programs before hand operation in the remote operation is executed. Teach sub programs for hand
operation not to wait infinitely. Because the status of waiting infinitely is not notified to CNC, the
operator of CNC may not be able to find the abnormal state in the robot controller.
Example for the sub program HANDOP01
1: RO[1]=OFF ;
2: RO[2]=ON ;
3: END ;
- 130 -
9.2.3 Teaching Program for Home Position Return

When home position return is executed in the remote operation on CNC, the program MTSHOME is
executed in the robot controller. Because this program is untaught, teach this program before home
position return operation in the remote operation is executed.
CAUTION
Teach the program for home position return with careful attention paid to the
path of robot motion in order to prevent interference with peripheral devices.
Example for the program MTSHOME
1: UFRAME_NUM=1 ;
2: UTOOL_NUM=1 ;
3: J P[1:HOME] 25% FINE ;
4: END ;
- 131 -
10. ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM B-75114EN/04
10 ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM

This function provides a factory-installed sequence program, which responds to the program call or
remote operation request from CNC. This sequence program is hereinafter called "Robot Ladder
Program". Standard interlock with CNC is implemented in the Robot Ladder Program and it can be
used "as is".
If necessary, you can modify Robot Ladder Program. In this case, understandings of the structure of
Robot Ladder Program and usage of internal relays are required. Please refer to " FANUC Robot Series
R-30iA CONTROLLER Integrated PMC OPERARTOR’S MANUAL(B-82614EN)" or " FANUC Robot
Series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Plus/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER Integrated PMC
OPERARTOR’S MANUAL(B-83254EN)" for details.
You can use "FANUC LADDER-III for Robot" (A08B-9410-J574) as the programming tool to edit the
PMC program.
10.1 OVERVIEW
Robot Ladder Program interconnects DI/DO signals, which is connected to CNC, and the internal relays
(Fig. 10.1). Internal relays are assigned to the UI/UO signals or DI signals that issue macro commands.
Robot Ladder Program outputs specific internal relays to issues macro commands for remote operation or
call a robot program requested from CNC.
Robot Controller CNC1

Issue macro commands
(Remote operation)
CNC2
Call robot program
(Machine interlock) Internal DI/DO
relays signals
Jog feed CNC3

(Remote operation)
Robot Ladder
Machine tool Program CNC4
operation
Fig. 10.1 Concept of Robot Ladder Program
10.2 STATE AND TRANSITION OF ROBOT CONTROLLER

This function enables robot remote operation and machine interlock operation from CNC. To do that, it is
required to distinguish whether the robot controller is in the state that the robot controller can accept
requests from CNC or not. For example, the operation mode T1 or T2 is selected using mode switch, the
robot controller cannot accept any requests from CNC. To distinguish whether the robot controller can or
cannot accept requests, the state of the robot controller is divided into the following two states.
 Service State: the robot controller is configured to accept requests form CNC.
- 132 -
B-75114EN/04 10. ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM
 Maintenance State: the robot controller is not in service state.

Furthermore, the internal state “Service State” is divided into 3 states from the CNC viewpoint as
following.
 Idle: the robot is not working.
 Remote operation: a CNC uses the robot remote operation.
 Machine interlock operation: the robot program is running with the request from CNC.
Behavior of the robot controller to signals from CNC depends on the state. When the robot controller is in
"idle" state, the request of remote operation from CNC will be accepted, however, when the robot
controller is in "machine interlock operation" or the other CNC already uses the robot remote operation,
the remote operation cannot be accepted. To implement such behavior in the sequence program, Robot
Ladder Program is based on the state. First, Robot Ladder Program determines which state the robot
controller is currently in based on the input signals, and then outputs the appropriate signals based on
states. With this design, the sequence program will be structured with states.
10.2.1 Implementation of Robot Behavior Based on State Chart

The robot controller is expected to be in the one of the pre-defined states. The robot controller is in state
"idle" when no request comes from CNC. The robot controller is defined to be in state "remote operation"
when one CNC uses the robot remote operation and to be in state "machine interlock operation" when the
robot program is running
The states are changed by transitions. The event that a CNC successfully requests remote operation is
interpreted as the transition from state "idle" to "remote operation" is caused. The transition from state
"remote operation" to state "idle" is caused vice versa when the use of robot remote operation from CNC
ends.
Fig. 10.2.1 shows the concept of the state charts which is implemented on the Robot Ladder program.
Service
Maintenance
Launching
Running
Remote
Operation Idle
Finished
Other program
running
Fig. 10.2.1 Concept of the State chart
This state chart has a hierarchy. The state "maintenance" is defined that the robot controller is not
configured to provide services for CNC and the state "service" is defined the opposite state. Three states
(idle, remote operation, machine interlock operation) are defined inside the state "service". Detail of these
states will be described later.
- 133 -
10.2.2 Implementation of State Transition Using the Sequence

Program
Robot Ladder Program relates the states to internal relays. When the robot controller is in a specific state,
a corresponding internal relay has the value "1". Internal relays corresponding to the states has a prefix
"S". Similarly, Robot Ladder Program relates transitions to internal relays. When a specific transition is
caused, then a corresponding internal relay has the value "1". Internal relays corresponding to the
transitions has a prefix "T". Such an internal relay is hereinafter called "transition pulse".
Though state transition occurs instantly and no interruption occurs during transition theoretically,
representation of transitions with internal relays inescapably allows interruptions during the transition. To
avoid interruptions during transition, Robot Ladder Program should not cause other transitions when any
"transition pulse" has a value "1". In addition, Robot Ladder Program should make the value of
"transition pulse" become 1 during only one scan.
Robot Ladder Program uses additional internal relay to divide the generation of a transition and the
reference of the transition. This internal relay, which means the generation of transition, will be called
"making transition pulse". In Robot Ladder Program, any sequence that cause a transition sets the value
of "making transition pulse" instead of "transition pulse". At the top of the Robot Ladder Program, the
value of "transition pulse" are generated from the value of "making transition pulse". This assures the
value of "transition pulse" remains unchanged during one scan. The symbols of "making transition pulse"
has the suffix "M".
Following is a sample sequence program which implements the state transition described here. This
sequence represents state transition that has two states and two transitions.
T1M T1
T2M T2
T1 T2 S1
S1
T2 T1 S2
S2
S1 T1 Condition T1 T2 T1M T2M T1M
S2 T2 Condition T1 T2 T1M T2M T2M
Fig. 10.2.2 Sample sequence which implements state transitions
This sequence implements two states "S1", "S2" and the transitions "T1","T2" between them. T1M and
T2M are “making transition pulse” of T1, T2 respectively. This value becomes 1 when the condition is
right and no transition occurs. T1M, T2M will make T1, T2 and consequently transition from state "S1"
to "S2" or transition from state "S2" to state "S1" will be caused. However, the current scan is considered
as during transition because T1 or T2 has the value 1. On this scan, any sequence, which relates the
- 134 -
transition, must be skipped. T1M, T2M will become 0 during this scan. In the next scan, this transition is
completed and the robot controller is in state "S1" or state "S2".
Robot Ladder Program is based on this sample structure. In addition, this sequence assures "transition
pulse" has the value 1 during only one scan.
10.2.3 Structure of Robot Ladder Program

The structure of Robot Ladder Program is shown as follows:
LEVEL1 Handle of UOP signals
LEVEL2 Transfer of DI signals into internal relays
Generation of transitions
Generation of the current state.
Sequences in a specific state (1)
Sequences in a specific state (2)
Sequences in a specific state (n)
Transfer of internal relays to DO signals
Fig. 10.2.3 Structure of Robot Ladder Program
10.3 RESOURCE
Robot Ladder Program uses the following resources exclusively. These resources should not be shared.
 Data table D0001
 Internal Relay R0000.0~R0294.7
 Keep relay K0000.0~K0001.7
10.3.1 Usage of Internal Relays

Robot Ladder Program does not read DI signals connected to CNC but read the value of internal relays, to
which the value of DI signals are transferred. This is to avoid referenced value to be changed during one
scan. Similarly, Robot Ladder Program outputs the value to internal relays and then transfers them to DO
signals.
Internal relays are not only used for buffer of DI/DO signals but are used for remote operation and
machine interlock operation. Usage of internal relays is shown below.
- 135 -
Robot controller
Internal relays DI signals

R0000 DI[1]
CNC1 DI buffer CNC1 DI signals CNC1
R0032 DI[257]
CNC1 DO buffer CNC2 DI signals
R0064 DI[513]
CNC2 DI buffer CNC3 DI signals
CNC2
R0096 DI[769]
CNC2 DO buffer CNC4 DI signals
R0128 DI[1025]
CNC3 DI buffer
R0160 DO signals
CNC3 DO buffer DO[1] CNC3
CNC1 DO signals
R0192
CNC4 DI buffer DO[257]
CNC2 DO signals
R0224
CNC4 DO buffer DO[513]
CNC3 DO signals
R0256 CNC4
Common DO[769]
CNC4 DO signals
R0288
DO[1025]
R0320
Fig. 10.3.1 Usage of internal relays
Internal relays used by Robot Ladder Program are divided into buffers of DI/DO for individual CNC and
commonly used relays. These relays will be called "CNC buffer relays" and "common relays"
respectively.
The values of DI signals are transferred into "CNC buffer relays" as shown. Robot Ladder Program does
not read the DI signals directly.
DO signals to CNC are transferred from CNC buffer relays and common relays. Many of DO signals are
transferred from common relays because these are common for all CNC. Therefore, the most of CNC DO
buffer relays are not used.
Please refer to 10.10 for the list of internal relays.
Table 10.3.1 Internal relays

Address Points Name Purpose
R0000 — R0031 256 points CNC1 DI buffer relays Buffer for DI signals for CNC1
R0032 — R0063 256 points CNC1 DO buffer relays Buffer for DO signals for CNC1
- 136 -
Address Points Name Purpose

R0256 — R0294 312 points Common relays For remote operation and machine
interlock operation.
10.3.2 Timer
Robot Ladder Program uses following fixed-timers. No settable timers are used.
Table 10.3.2 Used fixed-timers

Timer number Purpose
1 Pulse width of "ACK/NAK for Remote Operation Request" (Refer to 10.5.1)
5 Pulse width of HOLD signals in Home position return operation (Refer to 10.5.4)
6 Timeout for SNACK
7 Pulse width of PROD_RUN (Refer to 10.6.9)
8 Pulse width of CSTOPI (Refer to 10.5.4)
9 Timeout for BUSY (Refer to 10.6.9)
10 Pulse width of macro commands issue for remote operation entry and remote operation
exit. (Refer to 10.5.1)
11 Fixed waiting time just after entry of state "finished" (Refer to 10.6.3)
12 Timeout for heart beat signal for machine operation screen (Refer to 10.9.14)
10.3.3 Keep relay

Robot Ladder Program uses the following keep relays.
Table 10.3.3 Keep relays

Address Purpose
K0000.0 0: DI signals from CNC1 are ignored. (Default)
1: DI signals from CNC1 are transferred to internal relays.
K0000.4 (Reserved) This value should be 0.
K0000.5 0: Override value is not restored on the exit of remote operation. (Default)
1: Override value is restored on the exit of remote operation.
K0000.6 0: Multiple CNC control (sample) is not used. (Default)
1: Multiple CNC control (sample) is used.
K0000.7 0: Robot programs are aborted with CSTOPI when the program is paused. (Default)
1: Do nothing when the robot program is paused.
K0001.0 0: DO signals are not output for Machine Tool Operation. (Default)
1: DO signals are output for Machine Tool Operation.
K0001.1~K0001.7 Not used
K0000.0~K0000.3 are switches to accept DI signals from CNC1, CNC2, CNC3, and CNC4. These keep
relays are modified when the number of CNC are changed with "Machine Tool I/F" screen. You can
detach specific CNC by setting the value 0 manually.
- 137 -
K0000.4 is reserved. This value should be 0.

When K0000.5=1, the override value of the robot controller will be restored on the exit of remote
operation. The default value is 0.
With K0000.6=1, subprogram "P0002" for multiple CNC control is called. The default value is 0.
With K0000.7=0, Robot Ladder Program sends CSTOPI signal to abort the paused robot programs.
With K0000.7=1, the paused robot programs remain paused. No method is provided to abort the paused
robot programs from CNC. In this case, operation from the robot teach pendant is required.
10.4 DETAIL OF STATE TRANSITION
10.4.1 State "Maintenance" and State "Service"

Robot Ladder Program always outputs the value 1 to the internal relays corresponding to state
"maintenance" or state "service" exclusively.
Maintenance Service
Fig. 10.4.1 State transition (1)
The state "maintenance" is a state in which the robot controller cannot accept remote operation or
program call from CNC. The state "service" is the opposite state.
The state "service" requires following conditions. When any of these conditions breaks, the robot
controller will settle in state "maintenance".
 The operation mode is "AUTO".
 EMERGENCY STOP error does not occur in the robot controller.
 "Enable UI signals" in system configuration menu is TRUE.
These conditions are not related to neither the behavior of Robot Ladder Program nor the status of the
robot controller software, but related to the setting of the robot controller. Therefore, these conditions are
determined by the operation or setting by the operator.
The sequence related to state "maintenance" and state "service" is described in sequence program
"LEVEL2" (Refer to 10.9.2). These states are transferred to CNC as Service State signal (DO[63], etc.)
and Maintenance State signal (DO[62], etc.) (Refer to 10.9.7).
Robot remote operation and machine interlock operation from CNC is allowed when the robot controller
is in state "Service".
- 138 -
10.4.2 States Inside "Service"

States inside "Service" consists of the following states.
S3
Launching
T4
T5
T3
T1
S4
S2 S1
Remote operation Running
Idle
T2 T7
T6
S6 S5
Finished
Fig. 10.4.2 State transition inside state "Service"
Table 10.4.2(a) Internal State of Service state

State Description
State "idle" (S1) State "idle" (S1) means the robot controller is in state "service" and no robot
program is running and not in any state of S2~S5. State S2 means remote
operation from CNC and S3~S5 mean the robot controller is running a robot
program requested from CNC.
State "remote operation" (S2) One CNC uses the robot remote operation.
State "launching" (S3) Robot Ladder Program is launching a robot program using PNS.
State "running" (S4) A robot program is running.
State "finished" (S5) A robot program ended.
S6 S6 is defined as not in state "remote operation" and not in state S3, S4, S5 but any
robot program is running. It means any robot program, which is invoked without
Robot Ladder Program, is running.
Robot Ladder Program defines the following seven transitions.
Table 10.4.2(b) Internal state transition of Service state

Transition Description
T1 Transition from state "idle" (S1) to state "remote operation" (S2).
T2 Transition from state "remote operation" (S2) to state "idle" (S1).
T3 Transition to state "launching" (S3). This transition requires in state "idle" (S1) and
READY signal is ON.
T4 Transition from state "launching" (S3) to state "idle" (S1) in case the requested
robot program fails to be launched.
T5 Transition from state "launching" (S3) to state "running" (S4) when the requested
robot program is successfully launched.
T6 Transition caused when the robot program ends.
T7 Transition caused when CNC accepts the robot program ends.
State S2, S3, S4 and S5 can be reached from state S1 and these transitions are caused by the operation
from CNC or the internal process or Robot Ladder Program. On the other hand, without any external
operation to the robot controller, the state of robot controller settles in state S1 or state S6.
- 139 -
10.4.3 State "Maintenance" and State S1~S6

When the robot controller in state "service", the robot controller is also in one of the state of S1~S6. Once
the robot controller is forced to transit from state "service" to state "maintenance " and then back from
state "maintenance" to state "service", the state of the robot controller becomes as follows:
 When the robot controller is in state "idle" (S1), after the round-trip to state "maintenance" state, the
state settles in state S6 if any other program is running and if no program is running the state settles in
state "idle" S1.
 If the robot controller is in state "remote operation" (S2) and the transition to "maintenance" state is
caused, Robot Ladder Program keeps the state S2. In other words, Remote Operation Mode signal is
ON in spite of Maintenance Mode signal is ON. However, in state "maintenance" any operation from
CNC is prohibited. Operations from CNC are allowed when the robot controller comes back in state
"service" and in state "remote operation" (S2).
 State "launching" (S3) is a state that the robot controller is launching a robot program using PNS.
Robot Ladder Program will cause a transition to state "idle" (S1) unless SNACK signal is ON with
288ms after the entry of state "launching" (S3). If transition to "maintenance" is caused in the state
"launching" (S3), SNACK remains OFF and consequently the state settles in "S1".
 The state "running" (S4) is when a robot program is running. Transition to state "maintenance" is
caused when an operator presses the EMERGENCY STOP button or enables the teach pendant on the
state "running" (S4). With K0000.7=1, a robot program will be paused. This situation means the state
"running" (S4) will be reserved on the state "maintenance". When back to state "service ", the state
"running" (S4) will appear. With the setting of K0000.7=0, a running program will be terminated by
Robot Ladder Program. Thus, the state will become state "finished" (S5).
 The state "finished" (S5) will be reserved during round-trip to state "maintenance".
10.4.4 Access Control

In the state "remote operation" (S2), "launching" (S3), "running" (S4), and "finished" (S5) one of
connected CNC has the lock to control the robot controller and a corresponding internal relay (AC1 ~
AC4) has the value 1. On the other hand, in the state "idle" (S1) or S6, no CNC has the lock.
A CNC gets lock on the transition to the state "remote operation" (S2) and on the transition to the state
"launching" (S3). The lock will be released on the transition from the state "remote operation" (S2) and
on the transition from the state "finished" (S5) or from the state "launching" (S3) to the state "idle" (S1).
10.5 DETAILS OF THE STATE “REMOTE OPERATION”

Remote operation relates to the transition from S1 to S2 and the reverse transition. In addition, inside the
state "remote operation" (S2), states corresponding to the type of the remote operation are defined.
10.5.1 Transition T1 (Remote Operation Request and the Transition

to the State "Remote Operation")
Transition T1 will be caused by the rising edge of Remote Operation Request signal from one of CNC in
the state "idle" (S1). Following conditions are also required.
 No CNC sends Remote Operation Request.
 No transition is caused.
On the transition T1, Robot Ladder Program issues the macro command to decrease the override value.
Please refer to T1T2 (Refer to 10.9.17) for details.
- 140 -
10.5.2 Transition T2 (End of Remote Operation and the Transition to

the State "Idle" (S1))
Transition T2 will be caused when Remote Operation Request signal is off in the state "remote operation"
(S2). This sequence is written in the subprogram T1T2 (Refer to 10.9.17).
10.5.3 Inside of the State “Remote Operation”

There are four states defined inside the state "remote operation" (S2).
Table 10.5.3 Internal State of remote operation

State Description
S21 Not in S22 nor S23 nor S24
S22 A CNC selects hand operation. CNC, which locks the robot controller, outputs signals related to
hand operation.
S23 A CNC selects JOG FEED operation. Not in S22 and CNC, which lock the robot controller,
outputs signals related to JOG FEED operation.
S24 A CNC selects HOME POSITION RETURN operation. Not in S22 nor S23 and CNC that locks
the robot controller outputs signals related to HOME POSITION RETURN operation.
These states are uniquely determined based on the signals from CNC. Sequences to make transitions are
not required in Robot Ladder Program.
10.5.4 State "HAND operation" (S22)

Signals to specify the type of HAND operation are independently prepared for each CNC. In the state
"remote operation" (S2), Robot Ladder Program will transfer "Hand Operation Type" signals from a CNC,
which locks the robot controller, to the common internal relays (R0271.0~R0271.3). These internal relays
are assigned as the signal of GI[5]. This means all CNCs use identical macro programs for HAND
operation.
HAND operation from CNC is to issue a macro commands. Robot Ladder Program will transfer "Remote
Operation Run" signal into a signal assigned to issues a macro command in the state S22 (Refer to 10.5.9).
These sequences are written in the subprogram NC_HND (Refer to 10.9.8).
10.5.5 State "JOG FEED operation" (S23)

In the state S23, Robot Ladder Program transfers the signals related to JOG FEED operation into common
internal relays. Robot Ladder Program is responsible to transfer signals into corresponding internal relays.
These internal relays are assigned as the signal of DI[1025]~DI[1056] and the software of the robot
controller moves the robot according to this signals (Refer to 10.9.16).
NOTE
10.5.6 State "HOME POSITION RETURN" (S24)

"HOME POSITION RETURN" operation from CNC is to issue a macro command, which moves the
robot to a specific position. However, a macro program will be launched on the rising edge of a signal
and will continue running even if the signal becomes OFF. Robot Ladder Program will turn UI[2:Hold]
signal OFF when Remote Operation Run signal becomes OFF during the macro running. This enables to
- 141 -
stop the running macro by the Remote Operation Run signal. Signal of UI[2:Hold] will be turned ON
after a while.
Subprogram MVHOME (Refer to 10.9.10) and LEVEL1 (Refer to 10.9.1) implements this behavior. The
macro program for "HOME POSITION RETURN" operation will be launched by an internal relay
assigned to DI signal.
10.5.7 Override Change

Override change is implemented with issuing macros by signals from CNC. In the state "remote
operation" (S2), the change of override value will be accepted anytime.
10.5.8 Macros Launched on the Entry and Exit of Remote Operation

To decrease the override value on the entry of remote operation, Robot Ladder Program issues a macro
command. Similarly, Robot Ladder Program issues a macro command to restore the override value on the
exit of remote operation. Robot Ladder Program outputs pulse signals to DI signals on the transition of T1
and on the transition of T2. The robot controller should be configured to launch macro programs with
these DI signals.
Please refer to T1T2 (Refer to 10.9.17) for details.
10.5.9 Remote Operation Run

Remote Operation Run signals are assigned as the signals of DI[37] (DI[293], DI[549], DI[805]) from
CNC1, (CNC2, CNC3, CNC4) respectively. Robot Ladder Program outputs corresponding internal relays
(R0004.4, R0068.4, R0132.4, R0196.4) on the rising edge of these signals. These corresponding internal
relays will become OFF when DI signals is turned OFF.
This assures that remote operation will not continue after power cycle. If Robot Ladder Program reads
Remote Operation Run signal directly and transfer it to the internal relay, the robot may move after power
cycle during JOG FEED operation. Since this is not a preferable behavior, Robot Ladder Program sets the
internal relays for remote operation on the rising edge of Remote Operation Run signal.
These sequences are written in the subprograms P0005, P0007, P0009 and P0011 (Refer to 10.9.6).
Internal relays to detect the rising edge of Remote Operation Run signal are not shared with other
purposes. Any other sequence programs do not reference these internal relays.
10.6 DETAILS OF THE STATE “MACHINE INTERLOCK

OPERATION”
Four states of "idle"(S1), "launching" (S3), "running" (S4) and "finished" (S5) relate to machine interlock
operation. In addition, Robot Ladder Program defines each CNC has an independent state transition
structure.
10.6.1 State Transition of CNC

In machine interlock operation, not only the state-transition of the robot controller but also the state-
transition of CNC will be considered. Robot Ladder Program defines each CNC has three states in
machine interlock operation.
- 142 -
Program Calling
(PRGCn=1*)
T1nIDL *
T1nPRG *
Idle T3
(PRGCn=0*, RUNNn=0*)
T4, T7
() indicates symbols Running

* n=1,2,3,4 (RUNNn=1*)
Fig.10.6.1 State transition of CNC in machine interlock operation
Table 10.6.1 State of CNC

State Description
Idle Program Call signal is OFF.
Program Calling Program Call signal is ON but the requested robot program is not running. This state starts
on the moment that CNC outputs Program Call signal and ends on the moment that the
robot controller launches the requested robot program.
Running The requested robot program is launched and the robot controller is in the state "running"
(S4) or in the state "finished" (S5).
This state transition, which has three states, is considered to belong each CNC independently. For
example, such a situation that CNC1 is in the state "idle”, CNC2 and CNC3 are in the state "Program
Calling" and CNC4 is in the state "running" can happen. However, Only one CNC must be in the state
"running".
These three state has relation to the state of the robot controller, S1~S6. All CNC must be in the state
"idle" or in the state "Program Calling" when the robot controller is in the state "idle" (S1). When one
CNC is in the state "running", the robot controller is in the state-transition process from S3 via S4 to S5.
The transition from S5 to S1 of the robot controller will cause the transition from "running" to "idle" of
CNC.
Transition from "idle" to "Program Calling" is caused by the rising edge of Program Call signal from
CNC. In the state "running", an internal relay (whose symbol is PRGCn, where n indicates CNC number)
has the value 1.
From the state "running", a transition back to "idle" and a transition to "running" are defined. On the
transition to "running", the requested robot program is launched. In case that Program Call signal is
turned OFF or the robot controller cannot launch a robot program from any cause, the transition back to
"idle" will be caused.
The transition from idle to running and the transition from Program Calling to idle are called "T1nPRG"
and "T1nIDL” respectively, where n indicates CNC number. These states use internal relays of
R0288.0~R0289.7.
In the state “running”, corresponding internal relay (symbol: RUNN1~RUNN4) has the value 1. Once
CNC enters in this state, it will never transit to the state "Program Calling" even if Program Call signal is
cycled.
Transitions between the state "idle" and the state "Program Calling" are written in the subprogram PRGC
(Refer to 10.9.12).
- 143 -
10.6.2 Keeping of Program Call from CNC

Robot Ladder Program outputs "Completed" signal when the requested robot program ends normally. It is
only valid when CNC keeps Program Call signal ON throughout running of robot program. If CNC turns
Program Call signal OFF during robot program execution, Robot Ladder Program will remain
"Completed" signal OFF when the robot programs ends normally.
To enable this behavior, Robot Ladder Program uses internal relays RTNRQn (where n indicates CNC
number) to manage history of Program Call signal. The value of this internal relay is turned 1 on the
transition of T3 and is turned 0 on the transition of T4 or T7 or when Program Call signal from CNC
becomes OFF.
In overlap start, a robot program and a CNC program will run simultaneously. In case that the robot
program requires more long time to be completed than the CNC program does, at the moment the robot
program ends, the CNC program may be in the next loop and waiting for the end of the robot program.
On such situation if the robot controller outputs "Completed" signal at the end of the robot program, the
CNC program will receive this signal as the end of the robot program in the current loop and continue,
which actually means the end of the robot program in the previous loop. To avoid this Robot Ladder
Program handles Program Call signal from CNC with respect to each loop.
10.6.3 Program Call and Queue

Program Calls from any CNC will be pushed into a queue, which is composed of matrix of internal relays.
Robot Ladder Program will pop the Program Call from the queue one by one and launch the requested
program.
Please refer to subprogram CUE (Refer to 10.9.13) for details.
10.6.4 Discard of Program Call Request in the Queue

Program Call request in the queue will be reserved in condition that the robot controller is in the state that
robot programs can be launched. However, when the robot controller is in the state that robot programs
cannot be launched for any cause, any request in the queue will be discarded and then Robot Ladder
Program sends NAK to CNC (Refer to 10.9.15).
10.6.5 Transition T3 (Program Call Request from the Queue)

Sequence for launching robot program will be invoked when one of internal relays QUEUE4 has the
value 1. More than one internal relay in QUEUE4 may have the value 1. Robot Ladder Programs uses a
ring counter which is composed of internal relays, RING1 ~ RING4, to select one.
Transition T3 will be caused on the condition that:
 Program Call request exists in the queue.
 READY signal is ON (Refer to 10.7.1).
This sequence is written in the subprogram LEVEL2.
10.6.6 State "launching" (S3)

State “launching" (S3) is a state that Robot Ladder Program outputs PNSTROBE signal then waits for
SNACK signal. Robot Ladder Program will cause a transition to state "idle" (S1) unless SNACK signal is
ON within a fixed time after the entry of state "launching" (S3). Robot Ladder Program will cause a
transition to state "running" (S4) if it receives SNACK signals. This sequence uses a fixed timer.
- 144 -
10.6.7 Transition T4 (Failure to Launch)

This transition will be caused when SNACK signals remains OFF after PNStrobe and the state settles in
"idle" (S1). FAILED signal (Refer to 10.7.2) and Program Reply signal (Refer to 10.7.11) will be set in
conjunction with this transition.
10.6.8 Transition T5 (Successful Program Launching)

Robot Ladder Program saves the PNS program number requested from CNC into data table 1 (D0001) in
conjunction with the transition of T5.
10.6.9 State "running" (S4)

Robot Ladder Program sends a pulse signal to UI[18:PROD_RUN] on the entry of the state "running".
After a while, Robot Ladder Program will cause the transition T6 unless PGRUNC signal (Refer to
10.8.2) is turned ON or PGABTC signal is turned ON (Refer to 10.8.2), where PGRUNC signal indicates
the requested program is launched and PGABTC signal indicates the requested program ends.
10.6.10 Transition T6 (Program end)

There is no action in conjunction with the transition T6.
10.6.11 State "finished" (S5)

The state "finished" (S5) is a state that the requested robot program ends but CNC locks the robot
controller. Typical situation is the program ends successfully and "Completed" signal is ON. Robot
Ladder Program will cause transition to the state "idle" (S1) when Program Call signal is turned OFF.
In case that Program Call signal is OFF prior to the entry of S5, Robot Ladder Program will not output
"Completed" signal and immediately cause the transition to the state "idle" (S1) (Refer to 10.6.2). Robot
Ladder Program will cause the transition to the state "idle" (S1). In case that the requested robot program
is terminated abnormally, FAILED signal (Refer to 10.7.2) and Program Reply (Refer to 10.7.11) signal
will be set.
There is no action in conjunction with the transition T7.
10.7 BEHAVIOR OF OTHER SIGNALS
10.7.1 READY Signal and Not READY Signal.

READY signal is ON when the robot controller is in the state "idle" (S1) and the signal UO[1] is ON and
the internal relay CREADY is ON. Subprogram P0001 outputs CREADY when the signal UO[7] is ON
(default).
Not READY signal is turned on when the state is S1 but READY signal is OFF.
10.7.2 FAILED Signal

This signal keeps the event that the last robot program failed. This value will be turned 0 by RESET
signal from any CNC. Program launching process from any CNC will fail when FAILED signal is ON.
- 145 -
10.7.3 UO Signals
UO signals of the robot controller are assigned to the internal relays R0278.0~R0280.7. The system
software of the robot controller outputs signals into these internal relays. Robot Ladder Program transfers
these values to DO signals for each CNC.
10.7.4 UI Signals
UI signals of the robot controller are assigned to the internal relays R0272.0~R0274.7. Robot Ladder
Program sends signals to these internal relays and launches the robot program in machine interlock
operation.
10.7.5 HOLD Signal

HOLD signal is differently used in the state "HOME POSITION RETURN" (S24) and other states. In the
state "HOME POSITION RETURN", HOLD signal will be cycled when Remote Operation Run signal
becomes OFF. In other states, Robot Ladder Program does not change the HOLD signal.
10.7.6 CSTOPI Signal

Robot Ladder Program sends a pulse signal to CSTOPI when the program is paused with K0000.7=0.
This will abort the paused robot programs.
10.7.7 Resume
Robot Ladder Program does not send a pulse signal to CSTOPI with K0000.7=1. This setting is for
testing the system. With this setting, CNC cannot resume the paused robot program, though, the paused
robot program will resume with the robot teach pendant by turning the internal relay assigned to UI[7]
ON.
It is more convenient to assign a macro program to be launched by SU, which sends pulse signal to
DO[13182]. DO[13182] is an internal relay assigned to UI[7] in this function. It is necessary to set the
system variable $MACRTPDSBEX TRUE to run a macro command by SU with the teach pendant
disabled.
10.7.8 Reset from CNC

Reset signal from CNC is used in three cases.
 Reset signal will be transferred to UI[5] and resets alarms of the robot controller.
 The FAILED signal will be reset.
 When a robot program is paused for any cause, Robot Ladder Program aborts this program when
K0000.7=0.
Robot Ladder Program aborts the paused robot programs when K0000.7=0. Therefore, the situation that a
robot program remains paused will not occur. However, the running robot program will be paused after
power cycle. In such situation, Robot Ladder Program transfers RESET signal from CNC to UI[4] to
abort the paused robot program.
10.7.9 Override Output

This function always outputs the override value of the robot controller to the signal GO[1]. Internal relays
are assigned to the signal GO[1]. Robot Ladder Program transfers these values to DO signals for each
CNC.
- 146 -
10.7.10 Robot Power On

Robot Power On signal is always ON.
10.7.11 Program Reply

Eight points of signals Program Reply are prepared for each CNC independently. Robot Ladder Program
sets value for these signals in case that the robot controller cannot launch the requested robot program.
These signals will be set 0 with RESET signal from CNC or the rising edge of Program Call signal.
10.8 USAGE OF BUILT-IN FUNCTIONS OF THE ROBOT

CONTROLLER
This section describes how Robot Ladder Program uses the build-in functions of the robot controller.
10.8.1 Macro Commands

Remote operation from CNC uses macro commands. In R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller, the internal
relays are assigned to DI signals to execute macro command, and the internal relay is turned on to execute
macro command. In R-30iB/R-30iB Mate controller or later, the G addresses in PMC are assigned to DI
signals to execute macro command. In order to execute macro command by the internal relay, the values
of internal relay are transferred to the G addresses which are assigned to DI signals for macro execution.
The internal relays which are relevant to macro execution are as follows.
Table 10.8.1(a) Assignment of macro commands (R-30iA/ R-30iA Mate controller)

Internal Signal Symbol Purpose
relay
R0267.0 DI[19] MCRREN To decrease the override value on the entry of remote operation.
R0267.1 DI[20] MCRREX To restore the override value on the exit of remote operation.
R0267.2 DI[21] MCRH To launch a macro for HAND operation.
R0267.3 DI[22] MCROVU To increase the override value.
R0267.4 DI[23] MCROVD To decrease the override value.
R0267.5 DI[24] MCRHOM To move the robot to Home Position.
Table 10.8.1(b) Assignment of macro commands (R-30iB/ R-30iB Mate controller or later)
Internal Signal Symbol Purpose
relay
R0267.0 DI[1025] (G0008.0) MCRREN To decrease the override value on the entry of remote operation.
R0267.1 DI[1026] (G0008.1) MCRREX To restore the override value on the exit of remote operation.
R0267.2 DI[1027] (G0008.2) MCRH To launch a macro for HAND operation.
R0267.3 DI[1028] (G0008.3) MCROVU To increase the override value.
R0267.4 DI[1029] (G0008.4) MCROVD To decrease the override value.
R0267.5 DI[1030] (G0008.5) MCRHOM To move the robot to Home Position.
10.8.2 Robot Program Status (D0001, PGRUNC, PGABTC, PGENDC)

This function outputs the status of the robot program launched by Robot Ladder Program into the
following DO signals. In order to refer to the status of these DO signals in Robot Ladder Program, in R-
30iA/R-30iA Mate controller, the internal relays are assigned to DO signals directly. In R-30iB/R-30iB
Mate controller or later, the values of F addresses which are assigned to DO signals are transferred to the
internal relays.
- 147 -
Table 10.8.2(a) DO signals for robot program status. (R-30iA/ R-30iA Mate controller)
Signal Address Symbol Purpose
DO[1028] R0261.3 PGRUNC This signal indicates the requested robot program was launched.
DO[1029] R0261.4 PGENDC This signal indicates the requested robot program ended normally.
DO[1030] R0261.5 PGABTC This signal indicates a robot program ended (normally or abnormally).
Table 10.8.2(b) DO signals for robot program status. (R-30iB/ R-30iB Mate controller or later)
Signal Address Symbol Purpose
DO[1028] (F0008.3) R0261.3 PGRUNC This signal indicates the requested robot program was launched.
DO[1029] (F0008.4) R0261.4 PGENDC This signal indicates the requested robot program ended normally.
DO[1030] (F0008.5) R0261.5 PGABTC This signal indicates a robot program ended (normally or abnormally).
This function outputs only the status of a robot program that has the same number of D0001. Therefore,
Robot Ladder Program sets the number of the robot program into D0001 prior to launching.
10.8.3 Robot JOG FEED Operation from CNC

Robot Ladder Program transfers signals for JOG FEED operation from CNC into signals from DI[1025]
to DI[1056]. This function watches these signals and moves the robot.
NOTE
10.8.4 Heart Beat Signal of Machine Tool Operation Screen

Machine tool operation screen enables jog feed of the machine tool from the robot teach pendant in the
system that the machine tool and the robot are connected by both I/O and communication.
Robot Ladder Program outputs signals for this operation in condition that a heart beat signal of Machine
tool operation screen continues. While Machine tool operation screen is activated on the robot teach
pendant, this screen outputs the heart beat signal to an internal relay MTOSHB. Robot Ladder Program
detects this heart beat signals and set an internal relay MTOSAL ON and sends signals for jog feed
operation of the machine tool while MTOSAL is ON.
This behavior is described in subprogram CNCJOG and NCnJOG (where n indicates CNC number)
(Refer to 10.9.14, 10.9.19).
10.8.5 FENCE OPEN Signal and I/O Interconnect

The status of FENCE OPEN signal is retrieved into an internal relay using I/O interconnect. Robot
Ladder Program transfers the value of this internal relay to DO signals for each CNC.
10.8.6 EMERGENCY STOP

The status of EMERGENCY STOP is set to signal DO[1025] with the settings of System Configuration.
In R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller, the signal DO[1025] is assigned to a corresponding internal relay. In
R-30iB/R-30iB Mate controller or later, DO[1025] is assigned to F address in PMC, and the value is
transferred to a corresponding internal relay.
Robot ladder program transfer the value of the internal relay corresponding to EMERGENCY STOP
signal to the connected CNCs.
- 148 -
10.9 DETAILS OF SEQUENCE PROGRAMS

Robot Ladder Program is composed of following subprograms. Subprograms P0001~P0004 are expected
to be customized. Understandings of the structure and the behavior of Robot Ladder Program are required
to modify other subprograms.
Table 10.9 Structure of Robot Ladder Program

Name Description
LEVEL1 This program handles UOP signals.
LEVEL2 This program has responsibility to remote operation and machine interlock operation.
P0001 This defines READY signal. This program is expected to be customized.
(USER1)
P0002 This is a sample program to control multiple CNC from one CNC. This is used for a specific CNC to
(USER2) send signals to multiple CNC and to receive signals from multiple CNC. This program is expected to
be customized.
P0003 This is an empty subprogram. This program is expected to be customized.
(USER3)
P0004 This is an empty subprogram. This program is expected to be customized.
(USER4)
P0005 This program handles input signals from CNC1.
(NC1IN)
P0006 This program handles output signals to CNC1.
(NC1OUT)
(NC2IN)
(NC2OUT)
(NC3IN)
(NC3OUT)
(NC4IN)
(NC4OUT)
P0013 This program reads Hand Type signal from each CNC.
(NC_HND)
P0014 This program reads PNS signal from each CNC.
(NC_PNS)
P0015 This is for HOME POSITION RETURN operation.
(MVHOME)
P0016 This is to change the override value.
(OVRUD)
P0017 This program handles Program Call from CNC.
(PRGC)
P0018 This program handles queue.
(CUE)
P0021 ~ These programs check Program Call from CNC can be accepted or not.
P0024
P0025, This is for robot JOG FEED operation from CNC.
P0026
P0027 This program checks Remote Operation Request can be accepted or not.
P0028 In remote operation, this program determines which operation is selected.
P0029~ These programs send signals for machine tool operation from the robot controller.
P0032
- 149 -
Name Description
P0044, (R-30iB/R-30iB Mate controller or later) These programs take charge of the transfer from F
P0045 addresses to the internal relays and the transfer from the internal relays to G addresses.
10.9.1 LEVEL1
The program "LEVEL1" handles internal relays corresponding to UOP signal. Note that sequences
related to UI[9]~UI[16], UI[17] and UI[18] are written in LEVEL2.
Sequences in LEVEL1 processes followings:
1. Transfer UI corresponding signals from CNC into UI signals.
2. Transfer UI signals into system interface inputs.
3. Transfer system interface outputs into UO signals. (LEVEL2 transfers UO signals to DO signals for
each CNC.)
10.9.2 LEVEL2
LEVEL2 handles remote operation and machine interlock operation. This program processes followings:
1. This part transfers DI signals from CNC1~CNC4 into internal relays (Refer to 10.9.6).
2. This part makes "transition pulse".
3. This part calls subprograms P0001~P0004.
4. This part determines the current state (S1~S6).
5. This part implements behaviors in the state S1.
6. This part makes transition to S1 and transition to S2 if possible (inside subprogram T1T2). (Refer to
10.9.17)
7. This part implements behaviors in remote operation (Refer to 10.9.18).
8. This part pushes Program Call into the queue (Refer to 10.9.12).
9. This part determines transition T3 can be caused or not (Refer to 10.9.15). When Program Calls
exist in the queue, this part determines transition T3 can be caused or not.
10. This part makes transition T3 if possible. Using a ring counter, this selects one of Program Calls in
the queue and then give locks to one of CNC and handles Program Call signal.
11. This part implements behaviors in state "launching" (S3).
12. This part implements behaviors in state "running" (S4). On the entry of state "running" (S4), Robot
Ladder Program sends a pulse signal to PROD_RUN. After a while, Robot Ladder Program makes
transition T6 if PGRUNC signal remains OFF or PGRUNC signal and PGABTC signal are both
turned ON. Even if PGRUNC signal remains OFF, Robot Ladder Program considers the requested
program was once launched but failed immediately.
13. This part implements behaviors in the state "finished" (S5). In this state, Robot Ladder Program
outputs "Completed" signal until Program Call from CNC signal is turned OFF. When Program Call
signal is turned OFF, Robot Ladder Program will cause transition T7. Robot Ladder Program waits a
while to receive "Completed" signal successfully.
14. This part calls subprograms for machine tool operation.
15. This part outputs DO signals for each CNC (Refer to 10.9.7).
10.9.3 P0001 (USER1) ~ Customized READY Signal

This subprogram is to customize READY signal. UO[7] and UO[1] are required for READY signal
(default).
READY signal is created in LEVEL2 and subprogram P0001. LEVEL2 defines READY signal as
follows.
- 150 -
Fig. 10.9.3(a) Sequences to output READY signal
CREADY is created inside P0001. CREADY becomes ON in condition that UO[7] is ON (defaults). If
other signal is required for READY signal, please edit subprogram P0001.
Fig 10.9.3(b) Sequences to customize READY signal
10.9.4 P0002 (USER2) ~ Multiple CNC Control

Sequences in this subprogram behave as a hub between multiple CNC. Internal relays for DI and DO for
each CNC are used.
This program is a sample. This program is expected to be customized.
LEVEL2 calls this subprogram when K0000.6 = 1.
10.9.5 P0003 and P0004

These subprograms are empty. These are to be customized. LEVEL2 calls these subprograms.
10.9.6 P0005, P0007, P0009, P0011 (NCnIN)

These subprograms transfer DI signals (DI[1]~DI[18],DI[25]~DI[59]) into internal relays for DI/DO
buffer. Signals DI[1], DI[2], DI[3], DI[8] and DI[34] are ignored because they are transferred in LEVEL1.
An internal relay corresponding to DI[37] is set on the rising edge of DI[37].
10.9.7 P0006, P0008, P0010, P0012 (NCnOUT)

These subprograms transfer the value of internal relays into DO signals (from No.1 to No.76 for each
CNC).
10.9.8 P0013 (NC_HND)

In the state S22 the values of Hand Type signals from CNC, which locks the robot controller, are
transferred into internal relays corresponding to GI[5]. This subprogram also transfers Remote Operation
Run signal into an internal relay corresponding to DI signal to issue macro command for HAND
operation.
- 151 -
10.9.9 P0014 (NC_PNS)

The values of PNS signals from CNC, which locks the robot controller, are transferred into internal relays
corresponding to UI[9]~UI[16].
10.9.10 P0015 (MVHOME)

This subprogram handles HOME POSITION RETURN operation, which includes launching a macro
command and sending a pulse signal to HOLD to stop the macro.
This program defines three states and four transitions as follows.
S241
T243 Moving
T241
S240
Idle T242
T244
S242
Hold
Fig. 10.9.10 State transition inside HOME POSITION RETURN
Table 10.9.10(a) State about HOME POSITION RETURN

State Description
S240 CNC selects HOME POSITION RETURN but the corresponding macro command is not
launched (R0257.5=0, R0257.6=0).
S241 The macro command is running. (R0257.5=1, R0257.6=0).
S242 UI[2:Hold] is turned OFF. (R0257.5=0, R0257.6=1).
Table 10.9.10(b) Transition about HOME POSITION RETURN

Transition Description
T241 T241 issues the macro command.
T242 T242 turns UI[2:HOLD] signal OFF.
T243 T243 is caused when UI[10:BUSY] is OFF.
T244 T244 turns UI[2:HOLD] signal ON.
10.9.11 P0016 (OVRUD)

In the state "remote operation" (S2), this subprogram transfers Override Up signal and Override Down
signal to internal relays corresponding to DI signals to issue macro commands.
10.9.12 P0017 (PRGC)

This program reserves Program Call signal from CNC into the internal relay PRGCn, where n indicates
CNC number. This internal relay means such situation that CNC requests a program but the program is
- 152 -
not yet launched. This internal relay will be set 0 when the requested program is launched or the robot
controller for any cause falls into the state that cannot launch the program.
10.9.13 P0018 (CUE)

This program handles the queue for Program Call signal.
This queue is composed of internal relays. In case that four CNCs are connected, 16 internal relays must
be used as a matrix shown in Fig. 10.9.13.
Queue 1 Queue 2 Queue 3 Queue 4 Running
CNC1 0 0 0 0
CNC2 0 0 0 0
CNC3 0 0 0 0
CNC4 0 0 0 0
Fig. 10.9.13 Queue composed of internal relays
In this figure, the right side column "Running" is not a part of the queue but attached here for ease of
understandings. The column "Running" indicates corresponding CNC is inside the state "running".
Robot Ladder Program implements four methods to this queue.
Table 10.9.13 Operation for queue

Operation Description
Shift 4 Shift the values in queue 1 ~ queue 3 to the right and overwrite the value of queue 4. This method
will be called when all internal relays in queue 4 are 0.
Shift 3 Shift the values in queue 1 ~ queue 2 to the right and overwrite the value of queue 3. This method
will be called when all internal relays in queue 3 are 0 and there is at least one internal relay has
the value 1 in queue 4.
Shift 2 Shift the values in queue 1 to the right and overwrite the value of queue 2. This method will be
called when all internal relays in queue 2 are 0 and at least one internal relay in queue 4 has the
value 1 and this is same in queue 3.
Shift 1 This method fetches Program Call signal into queue 1. This method will be called when all internal
relays in queue 1 are 0 and at least one internal relay in queue 4 has the value 1 and this is same
in queue 3 and in queue 2.
When CNC is in state "Program Calling", a Program Call request will be shifted from queue 1, queue 2,
queue 3 to queue 4. When queue 4 has the value 1 and the requested program is launched, the state of
CNC transits to state "running" and the value of queue 4 will be set 0. This structure and methods are
implemented in subprogram CUE.
In addition, it is possible to push a Program Call into this queue when a requested program from the same
CNC is running.
10.9.14 P0019 (CNCJOG) ~ Heart beat of Machine Tool Operation

Screen
This subprogram checks the heart beat signal from Machine tool operation screen. Robot Ladder Program
resets a timer on the rising and falling edge of this heart beat signal. If this timer is not reset until a fixed
time, Robot Ladder Program considers heart beat stops.
- 153 -
10.9.15 P0021~ P0024 (NCnT3G)

These programs check whether Program Call from a specific CNC can be accepted or not when this CNC
is in the state "Program Calling". If the Program Call cannot be accepted, Robot Ladder Program sets the
value of internal relay TCnIDL and outputs Program Reply signal which indicates the reason. These
programs do nothing if Program Call can be accepted.
When the internal relay TCnIDL is turned on, internal relay PRGCn will be turned OFF by subprogram
PRGC.
10.9.16 P0025 and P0026 (JOG FEED Operation of Robot from CNC)
In the state S23 (JOG FEED operation of the robot from CNC), these subprograms transfer signals from
CNC into internal relays corresponding to DI[1025]~DI[1056]. The signal to enable JOG FEED operation
from CNC is always turned ON in state S23. The signal to move a specific robot axis will not be
transferred until Remote Operation Run signal is turned ON. Robot Ladder Program only transfers these
signals. This function actually moves the robot according to this signal (Refer to 10.8.3). Please set
K0000.4=0 to use 18 signals from CNC as 12 signals for Joint Jog and 6 signals for Coordinate Jog.
Other configurations are not currently supported.
NOTE
10.9.17 P0027 (T1T2)

This program handles remote operation. The process of this subprogram is described below:
1. Making a pulse from Remote Operation Request signal (with internal relays R0264.0~R0265.3).
2. Remote Operation Request will be accepted in the state "idle" (S1) unless other CNC send Remote
Operation Request signal. If this is not right, Remote Operation Request cannot be accepted
(R0265.4~R0265.7).
3. Setting Access Control signal and making transition pulse T1.
4. Sending ACK or NAK to Remote Operation Request. This uses R0287.0~R0287.7 and fixed-timer
1~4.
5. Terminating remote operation.
Remote Operation ends when one of following conditions is satisfied.
 All CNCs turned Remote Operation signals OFF.
 In state "remote operation" (S2) and CNC that locks the robot controller turned Remote Operation
signal OFF.
These sequences use internal relays R0266.4~R0266.6 to make a pulse from Remote Operation signal and
make transition pulse T2.
10.9.18 P0028 (S2STAT)

These subprograms determine which type of remote operation is selected based on signals from CNC in
state "remote operation" (S2).
- 154 -
10.9.19 P0029, P0030, P0031, P0032 Signals for Machine Tool

Operation Screen
These subprograms output signals for machine tool operation in the condition that heart beat signal from
Machine tool operation screen continues.
Machine tool operation screen sets the value of specific internal relays according to the operation selected
on the screen. Robot Ladder Program transfers these internal relays to DO signals.
These subprograms are called when K0001.0=1.
10.9.20 P0044, P0045 Transfer between Internal Relays and F

Addresses/ G Addresses (R-30iB/ R-30iB Mate Controller or
Later)
In R-30iB/R-30iB Mate controller or later, UI/UO signals, DI/DO signals and GI/GO signals are assigned
to F addresses/G addresses in PMC. This subprograms take charge of the transfer between F addresses/G
addresses and the internal relays.
10.10 LIST OF INTERNAL RELAYS

Usages of internal relays are shown in Table 10.10(a) for common internal relays and Table 10.10(b) for
CNC buffer internal relays.
Table 10.10(a) Usage of internal relays (common)

Address Related Related Symbol Description
signal signal
R-30iA R-30iB /
R-30iA Mate R-30iB Mate
or later
R0256.0 RCPWON Robot Power On
R0256.1 S_MNT Maintenance Mode
R0256.2 S_SERV Service Mode
R0256.3 S1 State "idle" (S1)
R0256.4 S2 Remote Operation Mode
R0256.5 S3 State "launching"
R0256.6 S4 State "running"
R0256.7 S5 State "finished"
R0257.0 APRGRUN Any program is running.
R0257.1 S21 S21 remote idle
R0257.2 S22 S22 hand operation selected
R0257.3 S23 S23 jog operation selected
R0257.4 S24 S24 home return operation selected
R0257.5 S241 S241 home running
R0257.6 S242 S242 home run hold
R0257.7 READY State READY
R0258.0 PRGC1 CNC1 sends Program Call.
R0258.4 SUCCES Successfully completed
R0258.5 FAILED The last program ended abnormally.
R0258.6 ABORT1 Aborted
R0258.7 NREADY State Not READY
- 155 -

signal signal
R-30iA R-30iB /
or later
R0259.0 AC1 CNC1 Locks the robot controller.
R0259.4
R0259.5
R0259.6
R0259.7
R0260.0 T1 Transition to state remote operation
R0260.1 T2 Transition to idle from state remote operation
R0260.2 T3 Transition to state S3
R0260.3 T4 Transition from S3 to S1
R0260.4 T5 Transition to S4
R0260.7 CREADY Customized READY
R0261.0 DO[1025] DO[1025] ESTOP In Emergency STOP state
R0261.1 DO[1026] DO[1026] FENCE Fence is open.
R0261.2 DO[1027] DO[1027]
R0261.3 DO[1028] DO[1028] PGRUNC Robot Program was launched.
R0261.4 DO[1029] DO[1029] PGENDC Robot Program ended normally.
R0261.5 DO[1030] DO[1030] PGABTC Robot Program ended (normally or abnormally).
R0261.6 DO[1031] DO[1031] INTRNS In transition
R0261.7 DO[1032] DO[1032] INTM A transition will be caused.
R0262.0 Rising edge of Remote Operation Run from CNC1
R0264.0 Making a pulse from Remote Operation Request from
CNC1
R0264.1 TC1RRQ Making a pulse from Remote Operation Request from
CNC1
CNC1
CNC2
CNC2
- 156 -

signal signal
R-30iA R-30iB /
or later
CNC2
CNC3
CNC3
CNC3
CNC4
CNC4
CNC4
R0265.4 CNC1 has acquired the lock of remote operation.
R0266.0 Remote Operation ACK/NAK off delay for CNC1
R0266.4 Making a pulse for the end of Remote Operation
R0266.7 Making a pulse for a macro command on the entry/exit
of remote operation
R0267.0 DI[19] DI[1025] MCRREN Macro command on the entry of remote operation.
R0267.1 DI[20] DI[1026] MCRREX Macro command on the exit of remote operation.
R0267.2 DI[21] DI[1027] MCRH Macro command for HAND operation
R0267.3 DI[22] DI[1028] MCROVU Macro to increase the override value.
R0267.4 DI[23] DI[1029] MCROVD Macro to decrease the override value.
R0267.5 DI[24] DI[1030] MCRHOM Macro command for HOME POSITION RETURN
R0267.6 DI[1031] DI[1031]
R0267.7 DI[1032] DI[1032] DIJOG JOG Enable
R0268.0 DI[1033] DI[1033] J1_X_P Jog Direction Signal 1+
R0268.1 DI[1034] DI[1034] J1_X_M Jog Direction Signal 1-
R0268.2 DI[1035] DI[1035] J2_Y_P Jog Direction Signal 2+
R0268.3 DI[1036] DI[1036] J2/Y_M Jog Direction Signal 2-
R0268.4 DI[1037] DI[1037] J3/Z_P Jog Direction Signal 3+
R0268.5 DI[1038] DI[1038] J3/Z_M Jog Direction Signal 3-
R0268.6 DI[1039] DI[1039] J4/W_P Jog Direction Signal 4+
R0268.7 DI[1040] DI[1040] J4/W_M Jog Direction Signal 4-
R0269.0 DI[1041] DI[1041] J5/P_P Jog Direction Signal 5+
R0269.1 DI[1042] DI[1042] J5/P_M Jog Direction Signal 5-
R0269.2 DI[1043] DI[1043] J6/R_P Jog Direction Signal 6+
R0269.3 DI[1044] DI[1044] J6/R_M Jog Direction Signal 6-
R0269.4 DI[1045] DI[1045] 7_P Jog Direction Signal 7+
R0269.5 DI[1046] DI[1046] 7_M Jog Direction Signal 7-
- 157 -

signal signal
R-30iA R-30iB /
or later
R0270.2 DI[1051] DI[1051] DIJOGJ Jog Type: Joint
R0270.3 DI[1052] DI[1052] DIJOGX Jog Type: Coordinate
R0270.4 DI[1053] DI[1053] Jog Frame Number 1
R0271.0 GI[5] GI[5] HAND1 Hand Operation Type
R0271.4 Ring Counter 1
R0272.0 UI[1] UI[1] CIMSTP UI signal
R0272.1 UI[2] UI[2] CHOLD UI signal
R0272.2 UI[3] UI[3] CSFSPD UI signal
R0272.3 UI[4] UI[4] CCSTOP UI signal
R0272.4 UI[5] UI[5] CRESET UI signal
R0272.5 UI[6] UI[6] CSTART UI signal
R0272.6 UI[7] UI[7] CHOME UI signal
R0272.7 UI[8] UI[8] CENABL UI signal
R0273.0 UI[9] UI[9] CPNS1 UI signal
R0274.0 UI[17] UI[17] CPNSTR UI signal
R0274.1 UI[18] UI[18] CPRDRN UI signal
R0274.2 UI[19] UI[19] UI signal
R0275.0 Queue 1.1
R0275.1 Queue 1.2
R0275.2 Queue 1.3
R0275.3 Queue 1.4
R0275.4 Queue 2.1
R0275.5 Queue 2.2
R0275.6 Queue 2.3
R0275.7 Queue 2.4
- 158 -

signal signal
R-30iA R-30iB /
or later
R0276.0 Queue 3.1
R0276.1 Queue 3.2
R0276.2 Queue 3.3
R0276.3 Queue 3.4
R0276.4 Queue 4.1
R0276.5 Queue 4.2
R0276.6 Queue 4.3
R0276.7 Queue 4.4
R0277.0 Requested program from CNC1 is running.
R0277.4 Shift 1
R0277.5 Shift 2
R0277.6 Shift 3
R0277.7 Shift 4
R0278.0 UO[1] UO[1] UO signal
R0280.4 UO signal
R0280.5 UO signal
R0280.6 UO signal
R0280.7 UO signal
R0281.0 MTOSHB Heart Beat signal Input
R0281.1 This relay is internally used to detect Heart Beat.
R0281.2 MTOSPL This relay is internally used to detect Heart Beat.
R0281.5 MTOSTO This relay is internally used to detect Heart Beat.
R0281.7 MTOSAL Heart Beat Alive
R0282.0 PNS number
- 159 -

signal signal
R-30iA R-30iB /
or later
R0282.1 PNS number
R0282.2 PNS number
R0282.3 PNS number
R0282.4 PNS number
R0282.5 PNS number
R0282.6 PNS number
R0282.7 PNS number
R0283.0 TM1 Generation of T1
R0283.7
R0284.0 Internal state of HOME POSITION RETURN operation
R0284.1 T241 Internal state of HOME POSITION RETURN operation
R0285.4 S6 Other Program running (S6)
R0285.5 Delay after entry of S5
R0285.6
R0285.7
R0286.0 OVR1 GO1 (Override)
R0287.0 C1ACK CNC1 ACK
R0287.1 C1NAK CNC1 NAK
R0288.0 Making a pulse from Program Call from CNC1
R0288.1 TC1PRG Making a pulse from Program Call from CNC1
- 160 -

signal signal
R-30iA R-30iB /
or later
R0288.3 TC1IDL Transition to turn PRGC1 OFF
R0290.0 INVKTO Timer for SNACK
R0290.1 A pulse to PROD_RUN.
R0290.2 CSTPOF A pulse to CSTOPI.
R0290.3 Timer for PGRUNC
R0290.4 RTNRQ1 Program Running State 1
R0291.0 C1RTN1 Program Reply 1
- 161 -

signal signal
R-30iA R-30iB /
or later
Table 10.10(b) shows the list of internal relays used for DI and DO signals. Left side of this table shows
addresses of internal relays for CNC1 and DI/DO signals and description. Internal relays and DI/DO
signals for CNC2~CNC4 are shown on the right side.
Table 10.10(b) Usage of internal relays (DI/DO buffer)

Address Signal Description CNC2 CNC3 CNC4
R0000.0 DI[1] *IMSTP R0064.0 DI[257] R0128.0 DI[513] R0192.0 DI[769]
R0000.1 DI[2] *Hold R0064.1 DI[258] R0128.1 DI[514] R0192.1 DI[770]
R0000.2 DI[3] *SFSPD R0064.2 DI[259] R0128.2 DI[515] R0192.2 DI[771]
R0000.3 DI[4] Cycle stop R0064.3 DI[260] R0128.3 DI[516] R0192.3 DI[772]
R0000.4 DI[5] Fault reset R0065.4 DI[261] R0129.4 DI[517] R0193.4 DI[773]
R0000.5 DI[6] Start R0065.5 DI[262] R0129.5 DI[518] R0193.5 DI[774]
R0000.6 DI[7] Home R0065.6 DI[263] R0129.6 DI[519] R0193.6 DI[775]
R0000.7 DI[8] Enable R0065.7 DI[264] R0129.7 DI[520] R0193.7 DI[776]
R0001.0 DI[9] PNS1 R0065.0 DI[265] R0129.0 DI[521] R0193.0 DI[777]
R0002.0 DI[17] PNS strobe R0066.0 DI[273] R0130.0 DI[529] R0194.0 DI[785]
R0002.1 DI[18] Prod start R0066.1 DI[274] R0130.1 DI[530] R0194.1 DI[786]
R0002.2 R0066.2 R0130.2 R0194.2
R0002.3 R0066.3 R0130.3 R0194.3
R0002.4 R0067.4 R0131.4 R0195.4
R0002.5 R0067.5 R0131.5 R0195.5
R0002.6 R0067.6 R0131.6 R0195.6
R0002.7 R0067.7 R0131.7 R0195.7
R0003.0 DI[25] Service Type 1 R0067.0 DI[281] R0131.0 DI[537] R0195.0 DI[793]
R0003.4 DI[29] Hand Operation Type 1 R0068.4 DI[285] R0132.4 DI[541] R0196.4 DI[797]
R0004.0 DI[33] CNC Power ON R0068.0 DI[289] R0132.0 DI[545] R0196.0 DI[801]
R0004.1 DI[34] Interlock Mode R0068.1 DI[290] R0132.1 DI[546] R0196.1 DI[802]
R0004.2 DI[35] Program Call R0068.2 DI[291] R0132.2 DI[547] R0196.2 DI[803]
R0004.3 DI[36] Remote Operation R0068.3 DI[292] R0132.3 DI[548] R0196.3 DI[804]
Request
- 162 -

R0004.4 DI[37] Remote Operation Run R0069.4 DI[293] R0133.4 DI[549] R0197.4 DI[805]
R0004.5 DI[38] Override Up R0069.5 DI[294] R0133.5 DI[550] R0197.5 DI[806]
R0004.6 DI[39] Override Down R0069.6 DI[295] R0133.6 DI[551] R0197.6 DI[807]
R0004.7 DI[40] Joint Jog Selection R0069.7 DI[296] R0133.7 DI[552] R0197.7 DI[808]
R0005.0 DI[41] Direction for Joint Jog R0069.0 DI[297] R0133.0 DI[553] R0197.0 DI[809]
(J1+)
(J1-)
(J2+)
(J2-)
(J3+)
(J3-)
(J4+)
(J4-)
(J5+)
(J5-)
(J6+)
(J6-)
R0006.4 DI[53] Direction for Coordinate R0071.4 DI[309] R0135.4 DI[565] R0199.4 DI[821]
Jog (X+)
Jog (X-)
Jog (Y+)
Jog (Y-)
Jog (Z+)
Jog (Z-)
R0007.2 DI[59] Home Position Return R0071.2 DI[315] R0135.2 DI[571] R0199.2 DI[827]
R0007.3 DI[60] R0071.3 DI[316] R0135.3 DI[572] R0199.3 DI[828]
R0007.4 DI[61] R0072.4 DI[317] R0136.4 DI[573] R0200.4 DI[829]
R0007.5 DI[62] R0072.5 DI[318] R0136.5 DI[574] R0200.5 DI[830]
R0007.6 DI[63] R0072.6 DI[319] R0136.6 DI[575] R0200.6 DI[831]
R0007.7 DI[64] R0072.7 DI[320] R0136.7 DI[576] R0200.7 DI[832]
R0008.0 DI[65] R0072.0 DI[321] R0136.0 DI[577] R0200.0 DI[833]
R0008.1 DI[66] R0072.1 DI[322] R0136.1 DI[578] R0200.1 DI[834]
R0008.2 DI[67] R0072.2 DI[323] R0136.2 DI[579] R0200.2 DI[835]
R0008.3 DI[68] R0072.3 DI[324] R0136.3 DI[580] R0200.3 DI[836]
R0008.4 DI[69] R0073.4 DI[325] R0137.4 DI[581] R0201.4 DI[837]
R0008.5 DI[70] R0073.5 DI[326] R0137.5 DI[582] R0201.5 DI[838]
R0008.6 DI[71] R0073.6 DI[327] R0137.6 DI[583] R0201.6 DI[839]
R0008.7 DI[72] R0073.7 DI[328] R0137.7 DI[584] R0201.7 DI[840]
- 163 -

R0009.0 DI[73] R0073.0 DI[329] R0137.0 DI[585] R0201.0 DI[841]
R0009.1 DI[74] R0073.1 DI[330] R0137.1 DI[586] R0201.1 DI[842]
R0009.2 DI[75] R0073.2 DI[331] R0137.2 DI[587] R0201.2 DI[843]
R0009.3 DI[76] R0073.3 DI[332] R0137.3 DI[588] R0201.3 DI[844]
R0009.4 DI[77] R0074.4 DI[333] R0138.4 DI[589] R0202.4 DI[845]
R0009.5 DI[78] R0074.5 DI[334] R0138.5 DI[590] R0202.5 DI[846]
R0009.6 DI[79] R0074.6 DI[335] R0138.6 DI[591] R0202.6 DI[847]
R0009.7 DI[80] R0074.7 DI[336] R0138.7 DI[592] R0202.7 DI[848]
R0010.0 DI[81] Response of Peripheral R0074.0 DI[337] R0138.0 DI[593] R0202.0 DI[849]
Device 1
Device 2
Device 3
Device 4
Device 5
Device 6
Device 7
Device 8
Device 9
Device 10
Device 11
Device 12
Device 13
Device 14
Device 15
Device 16
R0012.0 DI[97] Production System R0076.0 DI[353] R0140.0 DI[609] R0204.0 DI[865]
Response 1
Response 2
Response 3
Response 4
R0012.4 DI[101] Input of Production R0077.4 DI[357] R0141.4 DI[613] R0205.4 DI[869]
System Operation 1
System Operation 2
System Operation 3
- 164 -

System Operation 4
R0013.0 DI[105] Robot Entry Approval R0077.0 DI[361] R0141.0 DI[617] R0205.0 DI[873]
R0013.1 DI[106] Service Call R0077.1 DI[362] R0141.1 DI[618] R0205.1 DI[874]
R0013.2 DI[107] Machine Alarm R0077.2 DI[363] R0141.2 DI[619] R0205.2 DI[875]
R0013.3 DI[108] Door Open R0077.3 DI[364] R0141.3 DI[620] R0205.3 DI[876]
R0013.4 DI[109] Door Close R0078.4 DI[365] R0142.4 DI[621] R0206.4 DI[877]
R0013.5 DI[110] Part Change Position R0078.5 DI[366] R0142.5 DI[622] R0206.5 DI[878]
R0013.6 DI[111] R0078.6 DI[367] R0142.6 DI[623] R0206.6 DI[879]
R0013.7 DI[112] R0078.7 DI[368] R0142.7 DI[624] R0206.7 DI[880]
R0014.0 DI[113] R0078.0 DI[369] R0142.0 DI[625] R0206.0 DI[881]
R0014.1 DI[114] R0078.1 DI[370] R0142.1 DI[626] R0206.1 DI[882]
R0014.2 DI[115] R0078.2 DI[371] R0142.2 DI[627] R0206.2 DI[883]
R0014.3 DI[116] R0078.3 DI[372] R0142.3 DI[628] R0206.3 DI[884]
R0014.4 DI[117] R0079.4 DI[373] R0143.4 DI[629] R0207.4 DI[885]
R0014.5 DI[118] R0079.5 DI[374] R0143.5 DI[630] R0207.5 DI[886]
R0014.6 DI[119] R0079.6 DI[375] R0143.6 DI[631] R0207.6 DI[887]
R0014.7 DI[120] R0079.7 DI[376] R0143.7 DI[632] R0207.7 DI[888]
R0015.0 DI[121] Machine Operation R0079.0 DI[377] R0143.0 DI[633] R0207.0 DI[889]
Enable Status
Enable Request Reject
Request Reject Code 0
R0015.6 DI[127] R0080.6 DI[383] R0144.6 DI[639] R0208.6 DI[895]
R0015.7 DI[128] R0080.7 DI[384] R0144.7 DI[640] R0208.7 DI[896]
R0016.0 DI[129] R0080.0 DI[385] R0144.0 DI[641] R0208.0 DI[897]
R0016.1 DI[130] R0080.1 DI[386] R0144.1 DI[642] R0208.1 DI[898]
R0016.2 DI[131] R0080.2 DI[387] R0144.2 DI[643] R0208.2 DI[899]
R0016.3 DI[132] R0080.3 DI[388] R0144.3 DI[644] R0208.3 DI[900]
R0016.4 DI[133] R0081.4 DI[389] R0145.4 DI[645] R0209.4 DI[901]
R0016.5 DI[134] R0081.5 DI[390] R0145.5 DI[646] R0209.5 DI[902]
R0016.6 DI[135] R0081.6 DI[391] R0145.6 DI[647] R0209.6 DI[903]
R0016.7 DI[136] R0081.7 DI[392] R0145.7 DI[648] R0209.7 DI[904]
R0017.0 DI[137] R0081.0 DI[393] R0145.0 DI[649] R0209.0 DI[905]
R0017.1 DI[138] R0081.1 DI[394] R0145.1 DI[650] R0209.1 DI[906]
R0017.2 DI[139] R0081.2 DI[395] R0145.2 DI[651] R0209.2 DI[907]
R0017.3 DI[140] R0081.3 DI[396] R0145.3 DI[652] R0209.3 DI[908]
R0017.4 DI[141] R0082.4 DI[397] R0146.4 DI[653] R0210.4 DI[909]
R0017.5 DI[142] R0082.5 DI[398] R0146.5 DI[654] R0210.5 DI[910]
R0017.6 DI[143] R0082.6 DI[399] R0146.6 DI[655] R0210.6 DI[911]
R0017.7 DI[144] R0082.7 DI[400] R0146.7 DI[656] R0210.7 DI[912]
R0018.0 DI[145] R0082.0 DI[401] R0146.0 DI[657] R0210.0 DI[913]
R0018.1 DI[146] R0082.1 DI[402] R0146.1 DI[658] R0210.1 DI[914]
R0018.2 DI[147] R0082.2 DI[403] R0146.2 DI[659] R0210.2 DI[915]
R0018.3 DI[148] R0082.3 DI[404] R0146.3 DI[660] R0210.3 DI[916]
R0018.4 DI[149] R0083.4 DI[405] R0147.4 DI[661] R0211.4 DI[917]
R0018.5 DI[150] R0083.5 DI[406] R0147.5 DI[662] R0211.5 DI[918]
- 165 -

R0018.6 DI[151] R0083.6 DI[407] R0147.6 DI[663] R0211.6 DI[919]
R0018.7 DI[152] R0083.7 DI[408] R0147.7 DI[664] R0211.7 DI[920]
R0019.0 DI[153] R0083.0 DI[409] R0147.0 DI[665] R0211.0 DI[921]
R0019.1 DI[154] R0083.1 DI[410] R0147.1 DI[666] R0211.1 DI[922]
R0019.2 DI[155] R0083.2 DI[411] R0147.2 DI[667] R0211.2 DI[923]
R0019.3 DI[156] R0083.3 DI[412] R0147.3 DI[668] R0211.3 DI[924]
R0019.4 DI[157] R0084.4 DI[413] R0148.4 DI[669] R0212.4 DI[925]
R0019.5 DI[158] R0084.5 DI[414] R0148.5 DI[670] R0212.5 DI[926]
R0019.6 DI[159] R0084.6 DI[415] R0148.6 DI[671] R0212.6 DI[927]
R0019.7 DI[160] R0084.7 DI[416] R0148.7 DI[672] R0212.7 DI[928]
R0020.0 DI[161] R0084.0 DI[417] R0148.0 DI[673] R0212.0 DI[929]
R0020.1 DI[162] R0084.1 DI[418] R0148.1 DI[674] R0212.1 DI[930]
R0020.2 DI[163] R0084.2 DI[419] R0148.2 DI[675] R0212.2 DI[931]
R0020.3 DI[164] R0084.3 DI[420] R0148.3 DI[676] R0212.3 DI[932]
R0020.4 DI[165] R0085.4 DI[421] R0149.4 DI[677] R0213.4 DI[933]
R0020.5 DI[166] R0085.5 DI[422] R0149.5 DI[678] R0213.5 DI[934]
R0020.6 DI[167] R0085.6 DI[423] R0149.6 DI[679] R0213.6 DI[935]
R0020.7 DI[168] R0085.7 DI[424] R0149.7 DI[680] R0213.7 DI[936]
R0021.0 DI[169] R0085.0 DI[425] R0149.0 DI[681] R0213.0 DI[937]
R0021.1 DI[170] R0085.1 DI[426] R0149.1 DI[682] R0213.1 DI[938]
R0021.2 DI[171] R0085.2 DI[427] R0149.2 DI[683] R0213.2 DI[939]
R0021.3 DI[172] R0085.3 DI[428] R0149.3 DI[684] R0213.3 DI[940]
R0021.4 DI[173] R0086.4 DI[429] R0150.4 DI[685] R0214.4 DI[941]
R0021.5 DI[174] R0086.5 DI[430] R0150.5 DI[686] R0214.5 DI[942]
R0021.6 DI[175] R0086.6 DI[431] R0150.6 DI[687] R0214.6 DI[943]
R0021.7 DI[176] R0086.7 DI[432] R0150.7 DI[688] R0214.7 DI[944]
R0022.0 DI[177] R0086.0 DI[433] R0150.0 DI[689] R0214.0 DI[945]
R0022.1 DI[178] R0086.1 DI[434] R0150.1 DI[690] R0214.1 DI[946]
R0022.2 DI[179] R0086.2 DI[435] R0150.2 DI[691] R0214.2 DI[947]
R0022.3 DI[180] R0086.3 DI[436] R0150.3 DI[692] R0214.3 DI[948]
R0022.4 DI[181] R0087.4 DI[437] R0151.4 DI[693] R0215.4 DI[949]
R0022.5 DI[182] R0087.5 DI[438] R0151.5 DI[694] R0215.5 DI[950]
R0022.6 DI[183] R0087.6 DI[439] R0151.6 DI[695] R0215.6 DI[951]
R0022.7 DI[184] R0087.7 DI[440] R0151.7 DI[696] R0215.7 DI[952]
R0023.0 DI[185] R0087.0 DI[441] R0151.0 DI[697] R0215.0 DI[953]
R0023.1 DI[186] R0087.1 DI[442] R0151.1 DI[698] R0215.1 DI[954]
R0023.2 DI[187] R0087.2 DI[443] R0151.2 DI[699] R0215.2 DI[955]
R0023.3 DI[188] R0087.3 DI[444] R0151.3 DI[700] R0215.3 DI[956]
R0023.4 DI[189] R0088.4 DI[445] R0152.4 DI[701] R0216.4 DI[957]
R0023.5 DI[190] R0088.5 DI[446] R0152.5 DI[702] R0216.5 DI[958]
R0023.6 DI[191] R0088.6 DI[447] R0152.6 DI[703] R0216.6 DI[959]
R0023.7 DI[192] R0088.7 DI[448] R0152.7 DI[704] R0216.7 DI[960]
R0024.0 DI[193] R0088.0 DI[449] R0152.0 DI[705] R0216.0 DI[961]
R0024.1 DI[194] R0088.1 DI[450] R0152.1 DI[706] R0216.1 DI[962]
R0024.2 DI[195] R0088.2 DI[451] R0152.2 DI[707] R0216.2 DI[963]
R0024.3 DI[196] R0088.3 DI[452] R0152.3 DI[708] R0216.3 DI[964]
R0024.4 DI[197] R0089.4 DI[453] R0153.4 DI[709] R0217.4 DI[965]
R0024.5 DI[198] R0089.5 DI[454] R0153.5 DI[710] R0217.5 DI[966]
R0024.6 DI[199] R0089.6 DI[455] R0153.6 DI[711] R0217.6 DI[967]
R0024.7 DI[200] R0089.7 DI[456] R0153.7 DI[712] R0217.7 DI[968]
R0025.0 DI[201] R0089.0 DI[457] R0153.0 DI[713] R0217.0 DI[969]
R0025.1 DI[202] R0089.1 DI[458] R0153.1 DI[714] R0217.1 DI[970]
R0025.2 DI[203] R0089.2 DI[459] R0153.2 DI[715] R0217.2 DI[971]
- 166 -

R0025.3 DI[204] R0089.3 DI[460] R0153.3 DI[716] R0217.3 DI[972]
R0025.4 DI[205] R0090.4 DI[461] R0154.4 DI[717] R0218.4 DI[973]
R0025.5 DI[206] R0090.5 DI[462] R0154.5 DI[718] R0218.5 DI[974]
R0025.6 DI[207] R0090.6 DI[463] R0154.6 DI[719] R0218.6 DI[975]
R0025.7 DI[208] R0090.7 DI[464] R0154.7 DI[720] R0218.7 DI[976]
R0026.0 DI[209] R0090.0 DI[465] R0154.0 DI[721] R0218.0 DI[977]
R0026.1 DI[210] R0090.1 DI[466] R0154.1 DI[722] R0218.1 DI[978]
R0026.2 DI[211] R0090.2 DI[467] R0154.2 DI[723] R0218.2 DI[979]
R0026.3 DI[212] R0090.3 DI[468] R0154.3 DI[724] R0218.3 DI[980]
R0026.4 DI[213] R0091.4 DI[469] R0155.4 DI[725] R0219.4 DI[981]
R0026.5 DI[214] R0091.5 DI[470] R0155.5 DI[726] R0219.5 DI[982]
R0026.6 DI[215] R0091.6 DI[471] R0155.6 DI[727] R0219.6 DI[983]
R0026.7 DI[216] R0091.7 DI[472] R0155.7 DI[728] R0219.7 DI[984]
R0027.0 DI[217] R0091.0 DI[473] R0155.0 DI[729] R0219.0 DI[985]
R0027.1 DI[218] R0091.1 DI[474] R0155.1 DI[730] R0219.1 DI[986]
R0027.2 DI[219] R0091.2 DI[475] R0155.2 DI[731] R0219.2 DI[987]
R0027.3 DI[220] R0091.3 DI[476] R0155.3 DI[732] R0219.3 DI[988]
R0027.4 DI[221] R0092.4 DI[477] R0156.4 DI[733] R0220.4 DI[989]
R0027.5 DI[222] R0092.5 DI[478] R0156.5 DI[734] R0220.5 DI[990]
R0027.6 DI[223] R0092.6 DI[479] R0156.6 DI[735] R0220.6 DI[991]
R0027.7 DI[224] R0092.7 DI[480] R0156.7 DI[736] R0220.7 DI[992]
R0028.0 DI[225] R0092.0 DI[481] R0156.0 DI[737] R0220.0 DI[993]
R0028.1 DI[226] R0092.1 DI[482] R0156.1 DI[738] R0220.1 DI[994]
R0028.2 DI[227] R0092.2 DI[483] R0156.2 DI[739] R0220.2 DI[995]
R0028.3 DI[228] R0092.3 DI[484] R0156.3 DI[740] R0220.3 DI[996]
R0028.4 DI[229] R0093.4 DI[485] R0157.4 DI[741] R0221.4 DI[997]
R0028.5 DI[230] R0093.5 DI[486] R0157.5 DI[742] R0221.5 DI[998]
R0028.6 DI[231] R0093.6 DI[487] R0157.6 DI[743] R0221.6 DI[999]
R0028.7 DI[232] R0093.7 DI[488] R0157.7 DI[744] R0221.7 DI[1000]
R0029.0 DI[233] R0093.0 DI[489] R0157.0 DI[745] R0221.0 DI[1001]
R0029.1 DI[234] R0093.1 DI[490] R0157.1 DI[746] R0221.1 DI[1002]
R0029.2 DI[235] R0093.2 DI[491] R0157.2 DI[747] R0221.2 DI[1003]
R0029.3 DI[236] R0093.3 DI[492] R0157.3 DI[748] R0221.3 DI[1004]
R0029.4 DI[237] R0094.4 DI[493] R0158.4 DI[749] R0222.4 DI[1005]
R0029.5 DI[238] R0094.5 DI[494] R0158.5 DI[750] R0222.5 DI[1006]
R0029.6 DI[239] R0094.6 DI[495] R0158.6 DI[751] R0222.6 DI[1007]
R0029.7 DI[240] R0094.7 DI[496] R0158.7 DI[752] R0222.7 DI[1008]
R0030.0 DI[241] R0094.0 DI[497] R0158.0 DI[753] R0222.0 DI[1009]
R0030.1 DI[242] R0094.1 DI[498] R0158.1 DI[754] R0222.1 DI[1010]
R0030.2 DI[243] R0094.2 DI[499] R0158.2 DI[755] R0222.2 DI[1011]
R0030.3 DI[244] R0094.3 DI[500] R0158.3 DI[756] R0222.3 DI[1012]
R0030.4 DI[245] R0095.4 DI[501] R0159.4 DI[757] R0223.4 DI[1013]
R0030.5 DI[246] R0095.5 DI[502] R0159.5 DI[758] R0223.5 DI[1014]
R0030.6 DI[247] R0095.6 DI[503] R0159.6 DI[759] R0223.6 DI[1015]
R0030.7 DI[248] R0095.7 DI[504] R0159.7 DI[760] R0223.7 DI[1016]
R0031.0 DI[249] R0095.0 DI[505] R0159.0 DI[761] R0223.0 DI[1017]
R0031.1 DI[250] R0095.1 DI[506] R0159.1 DI[762] R0223.1 DI[1018]
R0031.2 DI[251] R0095.2 DI[507] R0159.2 DI[763] R0223.2 DI[1019]
R0031.3 DI[252] R0095.3 DI[508] R0159.3 DI[764] R0223.3 DI[1020]
R0031.4 DI[253] R0096.4 DI[509] R0160.4 DI[765] R0224.4 DI[1021]
R0031.5 DI[254] R0096.5 DI[510] R0160.5 DI[766] R0224.5 DI[1022]
R0031.6 DI[255] R0096.6 DI[511] R0160.6 DI[767] R0224.6 DI[1023]
R0031.7 DI[256] R0096.7 DI[512] R0160.7 DI[768] R0224.7 DI[1024]
- 167 -

R0032.0 DO[1] Cmd enabled R0096.0 DO[257] R0160.0 DO[513] R0224.0 DO[769]
R0032.1 DO[2] System ready R0096.1 DO[258] R0160.1 DO[514] R0224.1 DO[770]
R0032.2 DO[3] Prg running R0096.2 DO[259] R0160.2 DO[515] R0224.2 DO[771]
R0032.3 DO[4] Prg paused R0096.3 DO[260] R0160.3 DO[516] R0224.3 DO[772]
R0032.4 DO[5] Motion held R0097.4 DO[261] R0161.4 DO[517] R0225.4 DO[773]
R0032.5 DO[6] Fault R0097.5 DO[262] R0161.5 DO[518] R0225.5 DO[774]
R0032.6 DO[7] At perch R0097.6 DO[263] R0161.6 DO[519] R0225.6 DO[775]
R0032.7 DO[8] TP enabled R0097.7 DO[264] R0161.7 DO[520] R0225.7 DO[776]
R0033.0 DO[9] Batt alarm R0097.0 DO[265] R0161.0 DO[521] R0225.0 DO[777]
R0033.1 DO[10] Busy R0097.1 DO[266] R0161.1 DO[522] R0225.1 DO[778]
R0033.2 DO[11] SNO1 R0097.2 DO[267] R0161.2 DO[523] R0225.2 DO[779]
R0034.2 DO[19] SNACK R0098.2 DO[275] R0162.2 DO[531] R0226.2 DO[787]
R0034.3 DO[20] Reserved R0098.3 DO[276] R0162.3 DO[532] R0226.3 DO[788]
R0034.4 DO[21] R0099.4 DO[277] R0163.4 DO[533] R0227.4 DO[789]
R0034.5 DO[22] R0099.5 DO[278] R0163.5 DO[534] R0227.5 DO[790]
R0034.6 DO[23] R0099.6 DO[279] R0163.6 DO[535] R0227.6 DO[791]
R0034.7 DO[24] R0099.7 DO[280] R0163.7 DO[536] R0227.7 DO[792]
R0035.0 DO[25] RI[1] R0099.0 DO[281] R0163.0 DO[537] R0227.0 DO[793]
R0035.1 DO[26] RI[2] R0099.1 DO[282] R0163.1 DO[538] R0227.1 DO[794]
R0035.2 DO[27] RI[3] R0099.2 DO[283] R0163.2 DO[539] R0227.2 DO[795]
R0035.3 DO[28] RI[4] R0099.3 DO[284] R0163.3 DO[540] R0227.3 DO[796]
R0035.4 DO[29] RI[5] R0100.4 DO[285] R0164.4 DO[541] R0228.4 DO[797]
R0035.5 DO[30] RI[6] R0100.5 DO[286] R0164.5 DO[542] R0228.5 DO[798]
R0035.6 DO[31] RI[7] R0100.6 DO[287] R0164.6 DO[543] R0228.6 DO[799]
R0035.7 DO[32] RI[8] R0100.7 DO[288] R0164.7 DO[544] R0228.7 DO[800]
R0036.0 DO[33] RO[1] R0100.0 DO[289] R0164.0 DO[545] R0228.0 DO[801]
R0036.1 DO[34] RO[2] R0100.1 DO[290] R0164.1 DO[546] R0228.1 DO[802]
R0036.2 DO[35] RO[3] R0100.2 DO[291] R0164.2 DO[547] R0228.2 DO[803]
R0036.3 DO[36] RO[4] R0100.3 DO[292] R0164.3 DO[548] R0228.3 DO[804]
R0036.4 DO[37] RO[5] R0101.4 DO[293] R0165.4 DO[549] R0229.4 DO[805]
R0036.5 DO[38] RO[6] R0101.5 DO[294] R0165.5 DO[550] R0229.5 DO[806]
R0036.6 DO[39] RO[7] R0101.6 DO[295] R0165.6 DO[551] R0229.6 DO[807]
R0036.7 DO[40] RO[8] R0101.7 DO[296] R0165.7 DO[552] R0229.7 DO[808]
R0037.0 DO[41] Override Output 1 R0101.0 DO[297] R0165.0 DO[553] R0229.0 DO[809]
R0038.0 DO[49] CNC ID Number 1 R0102.0 DO[305] R0166.0 DO[561] R0230.0 DO[817]
R0038.4 DO[53] Access Control 1 R0103.4 DO[309] R0167.4 DO[565] R0231.4 DO[821]
- 168 -

R0039.0 DO[57] Program Reply 1 R0103.0 DO[313] R0167.0 DO[569] R0231.0 DO[825]
R0039.4 DO[61] Robot Power On R0104.4 DO[317] R0168.4 DO[573] R0232.4 DO[829]
R0039.5 DO[62] Maintenance State R0104.5 DO[318] R0168.5 DO[574] R0232.5 DO[830]
R0039.6 DO[63] Service State R0104.6 DO[319] R0168.6 DO[575] R0232.6 DO[831]
R0039.7 DO[64] Machine Interlock Mode R0104.7 DO[320] R0168.7 DO[576] R0232.7 DO[832]
R0040.0 DO[65] Remote Operation Mode R0104.0 DO[321] R0168.0 DO[577] R0232.0 DO[833]
R0040.1 DO[66] Safety Fence Open R0104.1 DO[322] R0168.1 DO[578] R0232.1 DO[834]
R0040.2 DO[67] Safety Fence Close R0104.2 DO[323] R0168.2 DO[579] R0232.2 DO[835]
R0040.3 DO[68] In E.STOP state R0104.3 DO[324] R0168.3 DO[580] R0232.3 DO[836]
R0040.4 DO[69] Not Ready R0105.4 DO[325] R0169.4 DO[581] R0233.4 DO[837]
R0040.5 DO[70] Ready R0105.5 DO[326] R0169.5 DO[582] R0233.5 DO[838]
R0040.6 DO[71] Completed R0105.6 DO[327] R0169.6 DO[583] R0233.6 DO[839]
R0040.7 DO[72] Jog Feed Operation R0105.7 DO[328] R0169.7 DO[584] R0233.7 DO[840]
State
R0041.0 DO[73] Hand Operation State R0105.0 DO[329] R0169.0 DO[585] R0233.0 DO[841]
R0041.1 DO[74] Home Position Return R0105.1 DO[330] R0169.1 DO[586] R0233.1 DO[842]
state
R0041.2 DO[75] ACK for Remote R0105.2 DO[331] R0169.2 DO[587] R0233.2 DO[843]
Operation Request
R0041.3 DO[76] NAK for Remote R0105.3 DO[332] R0169.3 DO[588] R0233.3 DO[844]
Operation Request
R0041.4 DO[77] R0106.4 DO[333] R0170.4 DO[589] R0234.4 DO[845]
R0041.5 DO[78] R0106.5 DO[334] R0170.5 DO[590] R0234.5 DO[846]
R0041.6 DO[79] R0106.6 DO[335] R0170.6 DO[591] R0234.6 DO[847]
R0041.7 DO[80] R0106.7 DO[336] R0170.7 DO[592] R0234.7 DO[848]
R0042.0 DO[81] Command to Peripheral R0106.0 DO[337] R0170.0 DO[593] R0234.0 DO[849]
Device 1
Device 2
Device 3
Device 4
Device 5
Device 6
Device 7
Device 8
Device 9
Device 10
Device 11
- 169 -

Device 12
Device 13
Device 14
Device 15
Device 16
R0044.0 DO[97] Production Operation 1 R0108.0 DO[353] R0172.0 DO[609] R0236.0 DO[865]
R0044.4 DO[101] Output of Production R0109.4 DO[357] R0173.4 DO[613] R0237.4 DO[869]
System Response 1
System Response 2
System Response 3
System Response 4
R0045.0 DO[105] *Robot Entry R0109.0 DO[361] R0173.0 DO[617] R0237.0 DO[873]
R0045.1 DO[106] Service Completed R0109.1 DO[362] R0173.1 DO[618] R0237.1 DO[874]
R0045.2 DO[107] R0109.2 DO[363] R0173.2 DO[619] R0237.2 DO[875]
R0045.3 DO[108] R0109.3 DO[364] R0173.3 DO[620] R0237.3 DO[876]
R0045.4 DO[109] R0110.4 DO[365] R0174.4 DO[621] R0238.4 DO[877]
R0045.5 DO[110] R0110.5 DO[366] R0174.5 DO[622] R0238.5 DO[878]
R0045.6 DO[111] R0110.6 DO[367] R0174.6 DO[623] R0238.6 DO[879]
R0045.7 DO[112] R0110.7 DO[368] R0174.7 DO[624] R0238.7 DO[880]
R0046.0 DO[113] R0110.0 DO[369] R0174.0 DO[625] R0238.0 DO[881]
R0046.1 DO[114] R0110.1 DO[370] R0174.1 DO[626] R0238.1 DO[882]
R0046.2 DO[115] R0110.2 DO[371] R0174.2 DO[627] R0238.2 DO[883]
R0046.3 DO[116] R0110.3 DO[372] R0174.3 DO[628] R0238.3 DO[884]
R0046.4 DO[117] R0111.4 DO[373] R0175.4 DO[629] R0239.4 DO[885]
R0046.5 DO[118] R0111.5 DO[374] R0175.5 DO[630] R0239.5 DO[886]
R0046.6 DO[119] R0111.6 DO[375] R0175.6 DO[631] R0239.6 DO[887]
R0046.7 DO[120] R0111.7 DO[376] R0175.7 DO[632] R0239.7 DO[888]
R0047.0 DO[121] Machine Operation R0111.0 DO[377] R0175.0 DO[633] R0239.0 DO[889]
Enable Request
R0047.1 DO[122] Machine Operation Path R0111.1 DO[378] R0175.1 DO[634] R0239.1 DO[890]
Select (Path1)
Select (Path2)
Select (Path3)
Select (Path4)
Select (Path5)
R0047.6 DO[127] Machine Operation Heart R0112.6 DO[383] R0176.6 DO[639] R0240.6 DO[895]
Beat Signal
R0047.7 DO[128] Reserve R0112.7 DO[384] R0176.7 DO[640] R0240.7 DO[896]
- 170 -

R0048.0 DO[129] Machine Jog Feed R0112.0 DO[385] R0176.0 DO[641] R0240.0 DO[897]
Override 0
Override 1
Override 2
Override 3
Override 4
Override 5
Override 6
Override 7
Override 8
Override 9
Override 10
Override 11
Override 12
Override 13
Override 14
Override 15
R0050.0 DO[145] Machine Jog Feed Axis R0114.0 DO[401] R0178.0 DO[657] R0242.0 DO[913]
(1st Axis+)
(1st Axis-)
(2nd Axis+)
(2nd Axis-)
(3rd Axis+)
(3rd Axis-)
(4th Axis+)
(4th Axis-)
(5th Axis+)
(5th Axis-)
(6th Axis+)
- 171 -

(6th Axis-)
(7th Axis+)
(7th Axis-)
(8th Axis+)
(8th Axis-)
R0052.0 DO[161] R0116.0 DO[417] R0180.0 DO[673] R0244.0 DO[929]
R0052.1 DO[162] R0116.1 DO[418] R0180.1 DO[674] R0244.1 DO[930]
R0052.2 DO[163] R0116.2 DO[419] R0180.2 DO[675] R0244.2 DO[931]
R0052.3 DO[164] R0116.3 DO[420] R0180.3 DO[676] R0244.3 DO[932]
R0052.4 DO[165] R0117.4 DO[421] R0181.4 DO[677] R0245.4 DO[933]
R0052.5 DO[166] R0117.5 DO[422] R0181.5 DO[678] R0245.5 DO[934]
R0052.6 DO[167] R0117.6 DO[423] R0181.6 DO[679] R0245.6 DO[935]
R0052.7 DO[168] R0117.7 DO[424] R0181.7 DO[680] R0245.7 DO[936]
R0053.0 DO[169] R0117.0 DO[425] R0181.0 DO[681] R0245.0 DO[937]
R0053.1 DO[170] R0117.1 DO[426] R0181.1 DO[682] R0245.1 DO[938]
R0053.2 DO[171] R0117.2 DO[427] R0181.2 DO[683] R0245.2 DO[939]
R0053.3 DO[172] R0117.3 DO[428] R0181.3 DO[684] R0245.3 DO[940]
R0053.4 DO[173] R0118.4 DO[429] R0182.4 DO[685] R0246.4 DO[941]
R0053.5 DO[174] R0118.5 DO[430] R0182.5 DO[686] R0246.5 DO[942]
R0053.6 DO[175] R0118.6 DO[431] R0182.6 DO[687] R0246.6 DO[943]
R0053.7 DO[176] R0118.7 DO[432] R0182.7 DO[688] R0246.7 DO[944]
R0054.0 DO[177] R0118.0 DO[433] R0182.0 DO[689] R0246.0 DO[945]
R0054.1 DO[178] R0118.1 DO[434] R0182.1 DO[690] R0246.1 DO[946]
R0054.2 DO[179] R0118.2 DO[435] R0182.2 DO[691] R0246.2 DO[947]
R0054.3 DO[180] R0118.3 DO[436] R0182.3 DO[692] R0246.3 DO[948]
R0054.4 DO[181] R0119.4 DO[437] R0183.4 DO[693] R0247.4 DO[949]
R0054.5 DO[182] R0119.5 DO[438] R0183.5 DO[694] R0247.5 DO[950]
R0054.6 DO[183] R0119.6 DO[439] R0183.6 DO[695] R0247.6 DO[951]
R0054.7 DO[184] R0119.7 DO[440] R0183.7 DO[696] R0247.7 DO[952]
R0055.0 DO[185] R0119.0 DO[441] R0183.0 DO[697] R0247.0 DO[953]
R0055.1 DO[186] R0119.1 DO[442] R0183.1 DO[698] R0247.1 DO[954]
R0055.2 DO[187] R0119.2 DO[443] R0183.2 DO[699] R0247.2 DO[955]
R0055.3 DO[188] R0119.3 DO[444] R0183.3 DO[700] R0247.3 DO[956]
R0055.4 DO[189] R0120.4 DO[445] R0184.4 DO[701] R0248.4 DO[957]
R0055.5 DO[190] R0120.5 DO[446] R0184.5 DO[702] R0248.5 DO[958]
R0055.6 DO[191] R0120.6 DO[447] R0184.6 DO[703] R0248.6 DO[959]
R0055.7 DO[192] R0120.7 DO[448] R0184.7 DO[704] R0248.7 DO[960]
R0056.0 DO[193] R0120.0 DO[449] R0184.0 DO[705] R0248.0 DO[961]
R0056.1 DO[194] R0120.1 DO[450] R0184.1 DO[706] R0248.1 DO[962]
R0056.2 DO[195] R0120.2 DO[451] R0184.2 DO[707] R0248.2 DO[963]
R0056.3 DO[196] R0120.3 DO[452] R0184.3 DO[708] R0248.3 DO[964]
R0056.4 DO[197] R0121.4 DO[453] R0185.4 DO[709] R0249.4 DO[965]
R0056.5 DO[198] R0121.5 DO[454] R0185.5 DO[710] R0249.5 DO[966]
R0056.6 DO[199] R0121.6 DO[455] R0185.6 DO[711] R0249.6 DO[967]
R0056.7 DO[200] R0121.7 DO[456] R0185.7 DO[712] R0249.7 DO[968]
R0057.0 DO[201] R0121.0 DO[457] R0185.0 DO[713] R0249.0 DO[969]
R0057.1 DO[202] R0121.1 DO[458] R0185.1 DO[714] R0249.1 DO[970]
R0057.2 DO[203] R0121.2 DO[459] R0185.2 DO[715] R0249.2 DO[971]
R0057.3 DO[204] R0121.3 DO[460] R0185.3 DO[716] R0249.3 DO[972]
- 172 -

R0057.4 DO[205] R0122.4 DO[461] R0186.4 DO[717] R0250.4 DO[973]
R0057.5 DO[206] R0122.5 DO[462] R0186.5 DO[718] R0250.5 DO[974]
R0057.6 DO[207] R0122.6 DO[463] R0186.6 DO[719] R0250.6 DO[975]
R0057.7 DO[208] R0122.7 DO[464] R0186.7 DO[720] R0250.7 DO[976]
R0058.0 DO[209] R0122.0 DO[465] R0186.0 DO[721] R0250.0 DO[977]
R0058.1 DO[210] R0122.1 DO[466] R0186.1 DO[722] R0250.1 DO[978]
R0058.2 DO[211] R0122.2 DO[467] R0186.2 DO[723] R0250.2 DO[979]
R0058.3 DO[212] R0122.3 DO[468] R0186.3 DO[724] R0250.3 DO[980]
R0058.4 DO[213] R0123.4 DO[469] R0187.4 DO[725] R0251.4 DO[981]
R0058.5 DO[214] R0123.5 DO[470] R0187.5 DO[726] R0251.5 DO[982]
R0058.6 DO[215] R0123.6 DO[471] R0187.6 DO[727] R0251.6 DO[983]
R0058.7 DO[216] R0123.7 DO[472] R0187.7 DO[728] R0251.7 DO[984]
R0059.0 DO[217] R0123.0 DO[473] R0187.0 DO[729] R0251.0 DO[985]
R0059.1 DO[218] R0123.1 DO[474] R0187.1 DO[730] R0251.1 DO[986]
R0059.2 DO[219] R0123.2 DO[475] R0187.2 DO[731] R0251.2 DO[987]
R0059.3 DO[220] R0123.3 DO[476] R0187.3 DO[732] R0251.3 DO[988]
R0059.4 DO[221] R0124.4 DO[477] R0188.4 DO[733] R0252.4 DO[989]
R0059.5 DO[222] R0124.5 DO[478] R0188.5 DO[734] R0252.5 DO[990]
R0059.6 DO[223] R0124.6 DO[479] R0188.6 DO[735] R0252.6 DO[991]
R0059.7 DO[224] R0124.7 DO[480] R0188.7 DO[736] R0252.7 DO[992]
R0060.0 DO[225] R0124.0 DO[481] R0188.0 DO[737] R0252.0 DO[993]
R0060.1 DO[226] R0124.1 DO[482] R0188.1 DO[738] R0252.1 DO[994]
R0060.2 DO[227] R0124.2 DO[483] R0188.2 DO[739] R0252.2 DO[995]
R0060.3 DO[228] R0124.3 DO[484] R0188.3 DO[740] R0252.3 DO[996]
R0060.4 DO[229] R0125.4 DO[485] R0189.4 DO[741] R0253.4 DO[997]
R0060.5 DO[230] R0125.5 DO[486] R0189.5 DO[742] R0253.5 DO[998]
R0060.6 DO[231] R0125.6 DO[487] R0189.6 DO[743] R0253.6 DO[999]
R0060.7 DO[232] R0125.7 DO[488] R0189.7 DO[744] R0253.7 DO[1000]
R0061.0 DO[233] R0125.0 DO[489] R0189.0 DO[745] R0253.0 DO[1001]
R0061.1 DO[234] R0125.1 DO[490] R0189.1 DO[746] R0253.1 DO[1002]
R0061.2 DO[235] R0125.2 DO[491] R0189.2 DO[747] R0253.2 DO[1003]
R0061.3 DO[236] R0125.3 DO[492] R0189.3 DO[748] R0253.3 DO[1004]
R0061.4 DO[237] R0126.4 DO[493] R0190.4 DO[749] R0254.4 DO[1005]
R0061.5 DO[238] R0126.5 DO[494] R0190.5 DO[750] R0254.5 DO[1006]
R0061.6 DO[239] R0126.6 DO[495] R0190.6 DO[751] R0254.6 DO[1007]
R0061.7 DO[240] R0126.7 DO[496] R0190.7 DO[752] R0254.7 DO[1008]
R0062.0 DO[241] R0126.0 DO[497] R0190.0 DO[753] R0254.0 DO[1009]
R0062.1 DO[242] R0126.1 DO[498] R0190.1 DO[754] R0254.1 DO[1010]
R0062.2 DO[243] R0126.2 DO[499] R0190.2 DO[755] R0254.2 DO[1011]
R0062.3 DO[244] R0126.3 DO[500] R0190.3 DO[756] R0254.3 DO[1012]
R0062.4 DO[245] R0127.4 DO[501] R0191.4 DO[757] R0255.4 DO[1013]
R0062.5 DO[246] R0127.5 DO[502] R0191.5 DO[758] R0255.5 DO[1014]
R0062.6 DO[247] R0127.6 DO[503] R0191.6 DO[759] R0255.6 DO[1015]
R0062.7 DO[248] R0127.7 DO[504] R0191.7 DO[760] R0255.7 DO[1016]
R0063.0 DO[249] R0127.0 DO[505] R0191.0 DO[761] R0255.0 DO[1017]
R0063.1 DO[250] R0127.1 DO[506] R0191.1 DO[762] R0255.1 DO[1018]
R0063.2 DO[251] R0127.2 DO[507] R0191.2 DO[763] R0255.2 DO[1019]
R0063.3 DO[252] R0127.3 DO[508] R0191.3 DO[764] R0255.3 DO[1020]
R0063.4 DO[253] R0128.4 DO[509] R0192.4 DO[765] R0256.4 DO[1021]
R0063.5 DO[254] R0128.5 DO[510] R0192.5 DO[766] R0256.5 DO[1022]
R0063.6 DO[255] R0128.6 DO[511] R0192.6 DO[767] R0256.6 DO[1023]
R0063.7 DO[256] R0128.7 DO[512] R0192.7 DO[768] R0256.7 DO[1024]
- 173 -
10.11 NOTES
10.11.1 Unused Subprogram

Subprogram P0020 is unused.
10.11.2 Unused Internal Relays

Internal relay R0258.6 (ABORT1) is unused.
- 174 -
APPENDIX
B-75114EN/04 A. STANDARD SETTING
A STANDARD SETTING
A.1 SETTING VALUE IN CNC
In this section, the value of standard setting for the setting of robot connection function and PMC
parameter is described.
The description of remarks in all tables are as follows.
Remarks Description
Fixed value The value is fixed. Set the value in the table without change.
Depend on PMC address The value depends on PMC address in the data area of the robot connection
function. In case that the address from 1:R7000 to 1:R7999 can be used, set the
value in the table without change. If other address is used, set the modified PMC
address.
Depend on CNC number The value depends on CNC number. Set the corresponding value from CNC1 to
CNC4.
Need not to set It is not need to set the value.
A.1.1 Setting for Robot Connection Function

In the robot connection function, there are 2 screens, “Allocation” and “Robot Status”. The standard
setting value set in these screens are as follows.
Allocation
Item CNC1 CNC2 CNC3 CNC4 Remarks
Allocation
Robot DO signal 1:R7200 Same as in Same as in Same as in the Depend on
PMC Address the left the left left PMC address
Robot DI signal 1:R7232 Same as in Same as in Same as in the Depend on
PMC Address the left the left left PMC address
Robot Power On signal 1:R7956 Same as in Same as in Same as in the Depend on
PMC Address (FL-net) the left the left left PMC address
1:R7207
(I/O Link)
Robot Power ON signal Bit 1 (FL-net) Same as in Same as in Same as in the Fixed value
4 (I/O Link) the left the left left
DO signal number offset 0 256 512 768 Depend on
CNC number
DI signal number offset 0 256 512 768 Depend on
CNC number
Option 0000 0001 Same as in Same as in Same as in the Fixed value
the left the left left
Robot Status
The robot status setting specifies the signal displayed to monitor in the screen. Setting is optional.
Item Type Number Remarks

1 DI 34
2 DI 111
3 DI 35
- 177 -
A. STANDARD SETTING B-75114EN/04
Item Type Number Remarks

4 DI 105
5 DI 108
6 DI 110
7 ---
8 DO 7
9 DO 70
10 DO 10
11 DO 105
12 DO 63
13 DO 64
14 DO 65
15 DO 6
16 DO 66
The robot status setting is common to all CNC.
A.1.2 Setting PMC Parameter

In case that FL-net is used to transfer I/O, the sample ladder gets CNC number by following PMC
parameter.

K80.2 0 1 0 1 Depend on
CNC number
K80.3 0 0 1 1 Depend on
CNC number
A.2 SETTING VALUE IN ROBOT CONTROLLER

In the robot controller, the following items are set automatically according to the number of CNC
connected to the robot controller.
• I/O assignment and I/O comment
• Robot ladder program
• Keep relay
• Macro registration
A.2.1 Type of Setting Value and Applicable Condition

Setting value in case that this function is not used
If this function is installed in the robot controller, the following settings are done after initial start.
• The macro program for the remote operation and the KAREL programs are loaded.
• The system variable $MACROMAXDRI is set 15 (Refer to A.2.2).
• The number of CNC connected to the robot controller is set 0.
Common setting when one or more CNCs are connected to the robot
controller
In case that one or more CNCs are connected to the robot controller, the following settings are done
independent of the number of the connected CNC.
• The total number of DI/DO is 1080 (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller) or 1056 (R-30iB/R-30iB Mate
controller or later).
• The robot ladder program for this function is installed.
- 178 -
• UI/UO signals are assigned to the internal relays (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller) or F, G addresses
in PMC (R-30iB/R-30iB Mate controller or later).
• Signals from DI[1025] to DI[1080] (R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller) or signals from DI[1025] to
DI[1056] (R-30iB/R-30iB Mate controller or later) are assigned to the internal relays.
• Signals from DO[1025] to DO[1032] are assigned to the internal relays.
• GI[5] signal to designate hand operation is assigned to the internal relay.
• GO[1] is assigned to output override.
• Emergency stop signal is output to DO[1025].
• FENCE signal is output to DO[1026].
• Macro commands are registered (Refer to A.2.2).
• PNS function is enabled.
• The item “CSTOPI for ABORT” in system configuration menu is set to TRUE.
• The item “START for CONTINUE only” in system configuration menu is set to TRUE.
• TCP/IP parameters are set when I/O device type is FL-net by internal Ethernet port.
Setting for each CNC

Settings for each CNC are as follows. The following settings are set for each CNC. For example, if the
number of CNC connected to the robot controller is 1, 256 DI/DO signals and GI[1] are assigned, and
DI/DO signals after that and group I/O after G[2] are not used. And only K0000.0 is set 1, keep relay after
K0000.1 is 0.
• Assignment of group signals from G[1] to G[4] to designate service type
• Assignment of 256 DI/DO points per one CNC and comment input
• Setting 1 to keep relay from K0000.0 to K0000.3
A.2.2 Standard Setting Value List in Robot Controller

Macro Program
In order to execute hand operation, override change, and home position return by remote operation, the
following macro programs are used.
Setting for R-30iA/R-30iA Mate controller is as follows.

Index Program name Macro Name Start method
120 HANDOP_M HANDOP_M DI[21]
121 HANDOP01 HANDOP01 Manual operation
136 OVRUP OVRUP DI[22]
137 OVRDOWN OVRDOWN DI[23]
138 MTSHOME MTSHOME DI[24]
139 REM_ENT REM_ENT DI[19]
140 REM_EXT REM_EXT DI[20]
- 179 -
Setting for R-30iB/R-30iB Mate controller or later is as follows.

Index Program name Macro Name Start method
120 HANDOP_M HANDOP_M DI[1027]
136 OVRUP OVRUP DI[1028]
137 OVRDOWN OVRDOWN DI[1029]
138 MTSHOME MTSHOME DI[1030]
139 REM_ENT REM_ENT DI[1025]
140 REM_EXT REM_EXT DI[1026]
Note that a program "OVRSET" is also loaded. OVRUP and OVRDOWN call OVRSET.
System variable
The following system variable is set.
• $MACROMAXDRI=15
Assignment of I/O (R-30iA/ R-30iA Mate controller)

I/O in the robot controller is assigned as follows.
In case that FL-net is used to transfer I/O

Number of
Signal Type Start Number End Number Rack Slot Start point Type
points
UI 1 18 33 2 2177 - Common
UO 1 20 33 2 2225 - Common
DI 1 18 68 2 1 18 CNC1
DI 19 24 33 2 2137 6 CNC1
DI 25 256 68 2 25 232 CNC1
DI 256 274 68 3 1 18 CNC2
DI 275 280 33 2 2137 6 CNC2
DI 281 512 68 3 25 232 CNC2
DI 513 530 68 4 1 18 CNC3
DI 531 536 33 2 2137 6 CNC3
DI 537 768 68 4 25 232 CNC3
DI 769 786 68 5 1 18 CNC4
DI 787 792 33 2 2137 6 CNC4
DI 793 1024 68 5 25 232 CNC4
DI 1025 1056 33 2 2137 32 Common
DI 1057 1062 68 2 19 6 CNC1
DI 1063 1068 68 3 19 6 CNC2
DI 1069 1074 68 4 19 6 CNC3
DI 1075 1080 68 5 19 6 CNC4
DO 1 256 68 1 1 256 CNC1
- 180 -
Number of
points
DO 257 512 68 1 257 256 CNC2
DO 513 768 68 1 513 256 CNC3
DO 769 1024 68 1 769 256 CNC4
DO 1025 1032 33 2 2089 8 Common
DO 1033 1056 0 0 0 24 Common
GI 1 - 33 2 25 4 CNC1
GI 2 - 33 2 537 4 CNC2
GI 3 - 33 2 1049 4 CNC3
GI 4 - 33 2 1561 4 CNC4
GI 5 - 33 2 2169 4 Common
GO 1 - 33 2 2289 8 Common
In case that I/O Link is used to transfer I/O

Number of
points
UI 1 18 33 2 2177 18 Common
UO 1 20 33 2 2225 20 Common
DI 1 18 0 1 1 18 CNC1
DI 19 24 33 2 2137 6 CNC1
DI 25 256 0 1 25 232 CNC1
DI 256 274 0 2 1 18 CNC2
DI 275 280 33 2 2137 6 CNC2
DI 281 512 0 2 25 232 CNC2
DI 513 530 0 3 1 18 CNC3
DI 531 536 33 2 2137 6 CNC3
DI 537 768 0 3 25 232 CNC3
DI 769 786 0 4 1 18 CNC4
DI 787 792 33 2 2137 6 CNC4
DI 793 1024 0 4 25 232 CNC4
DI 1025 1056 33 2 2137 32 Common
DI 1057 1062 0 1 19 6 CNC1
DI 1063 1068 0 2 19 6 CNC2
DI 1069 1074 0 3 19 6 CNC3
DI 1075 1080 0 4 19 6 CNC4
DO 1 256 0 1 1 256 CNC1
DO 257 512 0 2 1 256 CNC2
DO 513 768 0 3 1 256 CNC3
DO 769 1024 0 4 1 256 CNC4
DO 1025 1032 33 2 2089 8 Common
DO 1033 1056 0 0 0 24 Common
GI 1 33 2 25 4 CNC1
GI 2 33 2 537 4 CNC2
GI 3 33 2 1049 4 CNC3
GI 4 33 2 1561 4 CNC4
GI 5 33 2 2169 4 Common
GO 1 33 2 2289 8 Common
- 181 -
Assignment of I/O (R-30iB/ R-30iB Mate controller or later)

X/Y(PMC external I/O assignment)
External signals are assigned to X addresses and Y addresses in PMC. PMC external I/O assignment is set
as follows according to the connected I/O device.

Signal Type Rack Slot Size Address Type
DI 68 2 32 1:X00000 CNC1
DI 68 3 32 1:X00032 CNC2
DI 68 4 32 1:X00064 CNC3
DI 68 5 32 1:X00096 CNC4
Signal Type Rack Slot Size Address Type

DO 68 2 32 1:Y00000 CNC1
DO 68 3 32 1:Y00032 CNC2
DO 68 4 32 1:Y00064 CNC3
DO 68 5 32 1:Y00096 CNC4

Signal Type Rack Slot Size Signal Type Type
DI 0 1 32 1:X00000 CNC1
DI 0 2 32 1:X00032 CNC2
DI 0 3 32 1:X00064 CNC3
DI 0 4 32 1:X00096 CNC4
Signal Type Rack Slot Size Signal Type Type

DO 0 1 32 1:Y00000 CNC1
DO 0 2 32 1:Y00032 CNC2
DO 0 3 32 1:Y00064 CNC3
DO 0 4 32 1:Y00096 CNC4
UI/UO(PMC internal I/O assignment)

UI/UO signals are assigned to PMC addresses. PMC internal I/O assignment is set as follows regardless
of the connected I/O device.
Signal Type Start Number End Number Size Address Type
UI 1 32 4 1:G01000 Common

UO 1 32 4 1:F01000 Common
The comments for UI/UO are the comments of the default setting.
- 182 -
GI/GO(PMC internal I/O assignment)

GI/GO signals are assigned to PMC addresses. PMC internal I/O assignment is set as follows regardless
of the connected I/O device.
Signal Type Start Number End Number Size Address Type Comment
GI 1 - 2 1:G00260 CNC1 Service Type 1
GI 5 - 2 1:G00268 Common Hand operation Type
Signal Type Start Number End Number Size Address Type Comment
GO 1 - 2 1:F00260 Common override output
GO 10001 11500 3000 1:D00000 Common Only D00000 is used.
DI/DO(Robot I/O assignment)

DI/DO signals are assigned as follows according to the connected I/O device.

Number of
points
DI 1 256 68 2 1 256 CNC1
DI 257 512 68 3 1 256 CNC2
DI 513 768 68 4 1 256 CNC3
DI 769 1024 68 5 1 256 CNC4
Number of
points
DO 1 256 68 1 1 256 CNC1
DO 257 512 68 1 257 256 CNC2
DO 513 768 68 1 513 256 CNC3
DO 769 1024 68 1 769 256 CNC4

Number of
points
DI 1 256 0 1 1 256 CNC1
DI 257 512 0 2 1 256 CNC2
DI 513 768 0 3 1 256 CNC3
DI 767 1024 0 4 1 256 CNC4
Number of
points
DO 1 256 0 1 1 256 CNC1
DO 257 512 0 2 1 256 CNC2
DO 513 768 0 3 1 256 CNC3
DO 769 1024 0 4 1 256 CNC4
- 183 -
DI/DO(PMC internal I/O assignment)

Some of DI/DO signals are set to PMC addresses. PMC internal I/O assignment is set as follows
regardless of the connected I/O device.
DI 1025 1056 4 1:G00256 Common

DO 1025 1056 4 1:F00256 Common
DO 10001 10136 17 1:K00000 Common
DO 11001 23000 1500 1:R00000 Common
A.3 FL-net PARAMETER

This section explains standard settings when FL-net is used to transfer I/O. In this section, the case, that
the number of CNC connected to the robot controller is 4 and only the robot and CNC are connected to
the network, is described.
A.3.1 Common Item

Node Number, IP Address
Standard setting of Node number and IP Address are as follows.
Device Node number IP Address
Robot Controller 1 192.168.250.1
CNC1 2 192.168.250.2
CNC2 3 192.168.250.3
CNC3 4 192.168.250.4
CNC4 5 192.168.250.5
Common memory area 1 (Bit data)

This function uses 256 words from offset 0, the half of common memory area 1.
Type Offset (Word) Size (Word) Points
Robot > CNC 0 64 1024
Reserved 64 64 1024
CNC1 > Robot 128 16 256
Reserved 144 16 256
CNC2 > Robot 160 16 256
Reserved 176 16 256
CNC3 > Robot 192 16 256
Reserved 208 16 256
CNC4 > Robot 224 16 256
Reserved 240 16 256
Common memory area 2 (Word data)

Common memory area 2 is not used.
Network parameter
• TOKEN WATCH TIME 30ms (Robot and CNC standard setting)
• FRAME INTERVAL (MINIMUM FRAME TIME) 0. (It is recommended that MINIMUM FRAME
TIME in CNC is equal or more than 10 in case that FL-net/ETHERNET coexisting function is used
in CNC.
- 184 -
NOTE
FRAME INTERVAL (MINIMUM FRAME TIME) in all node should be equal or more
than 20 if FL-net uses internal port of robot. FRAME INTERVAL, which is maximum
in all FL-net attending node, is applied for all node behavior. If no node whose
FRAME INTERVAL is 20 or more, attends to network, FRAME INTERVAL becomes
less than 20. If robot try to attend this network, FL-net load becomes too high and
robot can’t attend the network and may can’t ramp-up and i-Pendant may become
slow. So FRAME INTERVAL in all node should be 20 or more.
A.3.2 FL-net Parameters in CNC

IP address 192.168.250.2 192.168.250.3 192.168.250.4 192.168.250.5 Depend on
CNC number
Node Name (Optional) Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the
left left left
Area 1 address 128 160 192 224 Depend on
CNC number
Area 1 size (word) 16 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Fixed value
left left left
Area 2 address 0 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
Area 2 size 0 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
Token watchdog time 30 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Fixed value
(ms) left left left
Minimum frame time 0 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Fixed value
(100µs) left left left (Note)
Own status --- Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
Entry node 1:R7956 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Depend on
left left left PMC address
Parameter 1 0000 0001 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Fixed value
left left left
Parameter 2 0000 0000 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Fixed value
left left left
Area 1 DI/DO
PMC address 1:R7400 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Depend on
left left left PMC address
Area 1 address 0 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Fixed value
left left left
Allocated size (word) 256 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Fixed value
left left left
Area 2 DI/DO
PMC address --- Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
Area 2 address 0 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
Allocated size (word) 0 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
- 185 -

Message
Client I/F --- Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
I/F size 0 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
Server I/F --- Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
I/F size 0 Same as in the Same as in the Same as in the Need not to set
left left left
NOTE
Note that Minimum frame time should be equal or more than 10 in case that
FL-net/ETHERNET coexisting function is used to connect CNC and robot.
The descriptions of remarks in all tables are as follows.

Remarks Description
Fixed value The value is fixed. Set the value in the table without change.
Depend on PMC address The value depends on PMC address in the data area for the robot connection
function. In case that the address 1:R7000~1:R7999 can be used, set the value in
the table without change. If other address is used, set the PMC address after
change.
Depend on CNC number The value depends on CNC number. Set the corresponding value from CNC1 to
CNC4.
Need not to set It is not need to set the value.
A.3.3 FL-net Parameters in Robot Controller

After doing "Procedure to read the standard setting in robot controller" in "2.2.3.2 Setting in robot
controller", following settings are loaded to robot. In this section, the case, that 4 CNC is connected, is
described.
NODE NAME in OWN NODE is set to "ROBOT", and Comment in each node is set as follows.
Node number Comment
1 ROBOT
2 CNC1
3 CNC2
4 CNC3
5 CNC4
Settings to connect 4 CNCs are done, and the reference methods for common memory (DI/DO) are set.
Node Common memory Common memory Reference Rack Slot

Number area 1 offset (Word) area 1 size (Word) (DI/DO assign) Number Number
Robot 1 0 64 DO[1 to 1024] 68 1
CNC1 2 128 16 DI[1 to 256] 68 2
CNC2 3 160 16 DI[257 to 512] 68 3
CNC3 4 192 16 DI[513 to 768] 68 4
CNC4 5 224 16 DI[769 to 1024] 68 5
In case that I/O device type is FL-net which uses FL-net board (FL-net or FL-net(Board)), IP address of
FL-net is set to 192.168.250.1.
- 186 -
In case that I/O device type is FL-net which uses internal port (FL-net(Port#1) or FL-net(Port#2)),
Ethernet IP address and subnet mask in the designated port are set as follows, and router IP address is
initialized.
Parameter Setting value

IP address 192.168.250.1
subnet mask 255.255.255.0
TOKEN WATCH TIME is set to 30ms (Robot standard setting).

FRAME INTERVAL is set to 0. If FL-net uses internal port, FRAME INTERVAL is changed to 20 at
cold start etc.
- 187 -
B. ALARM B-75114EN/04
B ALARM
B.1 ALARM IN CNC
About the detail of the alarm in CNC, refer to Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System
OPERATOR’S MANUAL corresponding to your using CNC. There is not the alarm specific to this
function.
B.2 ALARM IN ROBOT CONTROLLER

About the detail of the alarm in the robot controller, refer to one of the following manuals corresponding
to your using robot controller.
 FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR’S MANUAL
(B-83124EN)
 FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER LR HANDLING TOOL OPERATOR’S
MANUAL(B-83134EN)
OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Alarm Code List)(B-83284EN-1)
In this section, the alarms concerning with this function are described.
Alarm display
In the robot controller, the alarm is displayed as follows.
INTP-653 PAUSE.L J983: System variables not found
(1) (2) (3)
(1) Alarm code : Alarm ID to represent the type of alarm and Alarm Number are displayed.
(2) Alarm severity : The seriousness of the cause of the alarm is displayed. Refer to table B.2.
(3) Alarm message : Description of the alarm
Table B.2 Alarm severity

Severity Description
WARN A WARN alarm warns the operator of a comparatively minor or unimportant failure. The WARN
alarm does not affect the operation of the robot. When the WARN alarm occurs, no
corresponding LED on the teach pendant or the machine operator’s panel lights. To prevent a
possible failure, appropriate action should be taken.
PAUSE.L When a PAUSE alarm occurs, the execution of the program is halted, and the operation of the
PAUSE.G robot is stopped after the operation in progress is completed. Appropriate action must be taken
for the alarm before the program is restarted.
The difference between PAUSE.L and PAUSE.G is the range in which the alarm is applied.
PAUSE.L is applied in the program that the alarm occurs, and PAUSE.G is applied in all
programs.
STOP.L When a STOP alarm occurs, the execution of the program is halted, and the robot is
STOP.G decelerated until it is stopped. Appropriate action must be taken for the alarm before the
program is restarted. The difference between STOP.L and STOP.G is the range in which the
alarm is applied. STOP.L is applied in the program that the alarm occurs, and STOP.G is
applied in all programs.
SERVO When a SERVO alarm occurs, the power to the servo system is turned off to halt the execution
of the program and to stop the robot immediately. A SERVO alarm is issued for safety’s sake
or when a failure occurs during robot operation.
- 188 -
B-75114EN/04 B. ALARM
Severity Description
ABORT.L When an ABORT alarm occurs, the execution of the program is forcibly terminated, and the
ABORT.G robot is decelerated until it is stopped. The difference between ABORT.L and ABORT.G is the
range in which the alarm is applied. ABORT.L is applied in the program that the alarm occurs,
and ABORT.G is applied in all programs.
SERVO2 When a SERVO 2 alarm occurs, the power to the servo system is turned off to forcibly
terminate the program and to stop the robot immediately. A SERVO2 alarm is issued for
safety’s sake or when a failure occurs during robot operation.
SYSTEM A SYSTEM alarm is issued when a major system failure occurs. When the SYSTEM alarm is
issued, every robot in the system is disabled. After taking appropriate action for the alarm, turn
the power off, the turn it on again.
Alarms in this function

HOST Alarm Code (ID67)
HOST-300 WARN Can't connect to CNC(%s)
[Cause] Robot cannot communicate with CNC.
[Remedy] Check the communication setup.
HOST-301 WARN Not Connected(Tag=%s)

[Cause] CNC is not connected to robot.
[Remedy] Connect the CNC to robot.
HOST-302 WARN CNC isn't Connected

[Cause] CNC is not connected to robot.
[Remedy] Connect CNC to robot.
HOST-303 WARN Not supported CNC

[Cause] The designated CNC is not supported.
[Remedy] Use the supported CNC.
HOST-304 WARN Cycle power to change CNC No.

[Cause] You change the CNC number.
[Remedy] Please cycle power.
HOST-305 WARN Start Comm. with CNC No.%d

[Cause] Communication with CNC is started.
[Remedy] This is for information only. No action is required.
HOST-306 WARN Input I/O number for CNC No.

[Cause] You set the I/O number that is not used in the selected CNC.
[Remedy] Set the I/O number that is used in the selected CNC.
HOST-307 WARN CNC No. is duplicated

[Cause] You input the duplicated CNC number.
[Remedy] Input the CNC number which is not duplicated.
HOST-308 WARN Add CNC to be connected

[Cause] CNC number exceeds the number of the connected CNC.
[Remedy] Controlled Start and increase the number of CNC.
HOST-309 WARN Please set CNC No.%d

[Cause] CNC number is not set.
[Remedy] Please set CNC number.
HOST-310 WARN TP disable

[Cause] You press the OPR enable button but TP is disabled.
[Remedy] Set TP enable.
- 189 -
B. ALARM B-75114EN/04
HOST-311 WARN Interlock Mode signal is off

[Cause] You press the OPR enable button but interlock signal is off.
[Remedy] Set the interlock signal on.
HOST-312 WARN Operation isn't available

[Cause] You try to jog machine tool but operation isn't available.
[Remedy] Set the operation available.
HOST-313 WARN Do M.Tool Operation enable

[Cause] You try to jog machine tool but Machine Tool Operation in Setup Machine I/F isn't available.
[Remedy] Set the Machine Tool Operation available.
INTP Alarm Code (ID12)

INTP-653 PAUSE.L J983: System variables not found
[Cause] The system variable for this function does not exist.
[Remedy] Contact our service center serving your locality.
INTP-654 PAUSE.L J983: DO for program run is invalid

[Cause] In this function, when the robot program is started by the request from CNC, DO designated in system variable is
turned on. In case that the designated DO does not exist or the designated DO cannot be turned on, this alarm occurs.
[Remedy] Assign DO designated in the system variable $MTSERV_CFG.$PGRUNDO correctly.
INTP-655 ABORT.L J983: DO for program end is invalid

[Cause] In this function, when the robot program started by the request from CNC is ended normally, DO designated in system
variable is turned on. In case that the designated DO does not exist or the designated DO cannot be turned on, this
alarm occurs.
[Remedy] Assign DO designated in the system variable $MTSERV_CFG.$PGENDDO correctly.
INTP-656 ABORT.L J983: DO for program abort is invalid

[Cause] In this function, when the robot program started by the request from CNC is ended regardless of whether the program
is ended normally or abnormally, DO designated in system variable is turned on. In case that the designated DO does
not exist or the designated DO cannot be turned on, this alarm occurs.
[Remedy] Assign DO designated in the system variable $MTSERV_CFG.$PGABOTDO correctly.
- 190 -
B-75114EN/04 INDEX
INDEX
FL-net Parameters in CNC ........................................... 185
<A> FL-net Parameters in Robot Controller ........................ 186
Access Control ............................................................. 140
Acquire and Release the Right for Remote Operation . 106 <H>
ALARM ....................................................................... 188 Heart Beat Signal of Machine Tool Operation Screen . 148
ALARM IN CNC ......................................................... 188 HOLD Signal ............................................................... 146
ALARM IN ROBOT CONTROLLER......................... 188
Attention to Teach Program ......................................... 128 <I>
I/O Screen ...................................................................... 74
<B> Implementation of Robot Behavior Based on State
Basic Structure of Robot Program................................ 124 Chart ......................................................................... 133
BEHAVIOR OF OTHER SIGNALS ........................... 145 Implementation of State Transition Using the Sequence
BUTTON ON MACHINE OPERATOR’S PANEL ...... 29 Program .................................................................... 134
Inside of the State “Remote Operation” ....................... 141
<C> INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT ............. 90
CNC Actual Position Screen .......................................... 71 Interface Signals for Machine Tool Operation ............. 110
CNC Alarm Screen ........................................................ 72 Interface Signals for Robot Remote Operation ............ 102
CNC Message Screen ..................................................... 73 Interface Signals to Interlock Program........................... 91
CNC NUMBER ............................................................... 8 INTERLOCK BETWEEN NC PROGRAM AND
CNC OPERATION SCREEN ........................................ 75 ROBOT PROGRAM .................................................. 90
CNC Running Program Screen ...................................... 73
CNC SCREEN ON ROBOT .......................................... 68 <K>
CNC STATUS DISPLAY SCREEN .............................. 68 Keep relay .................................................................... 137
Common Item............................................................... 184 Keeping of Program Call from CNC ............................ 144
Condition for Robot Remote Operation ....................... 106
CONNECTION AND SETTING OF DATA <L>
COMMUNICATION ................................................. 19 LEVEL1 ....................................................................... 150
CONNECTION AND SETTING OF I/O LEVEL2 ....................................................................... 150
TRANSMISSION......................................................... 8 LIST OF INTERNAL RELAYS .................................. 155
Connection between Multiple CNCs and Robot99,108,114
CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT ...................... 5,7 <M>
Connection retry of data communication .................. 15,18 M CODE IN NC PROGRAM ...................................... 122
Create Ladder Program in CNC ................................... 113 MACHINE TOOL OPERATION ON ROBOT TEACH
CSTOPI Signal ............................................................. 146 PENDANT ............................................................... 109
Machine Tool Operation Screen .................................... 77
<D> Macro Commands ........................................................ 147
DATA ARAE OF ROBOT CONNECTION Macro Program for Remote Operation ......................... 129
FUNCTION ................................................................ 27 Macros Launched on the Entry and Exit of Remote
Detail of Robot Remote Operation ............................... 107 Operation .................................................................. 142
DETAIL OF STATE TRANSITION ........................... 138
DETAILS OF SEQUENCE PROGRAMS ................... 149 <N>
DETAILS OF THE STATE “MACHINE INTERLOCK Name of Program ......................................................... 124
OPERATION”.......................................................... 142 NC PROGRAM ........................................................... 121
DETAILS OF THE STATE “REMOTE OPERATION” NECESSARY ITEMS FOR CNC .................................... 5
.................................................................................. 140 NECESSARY SOFTWARE OPTION............................. 2
Discard of Program Call Request in the Queue ............ 144 Note in R-30iA/R-30iA Mate Controller ......................... 6
Note in R-30iB Mate Controller or Later ......................... 6
<E> NOTE IN THE ROBOT CONTROLLER ....................... 6
EMERGENCY STOP .................................................. 148 NOTES......................................................................... 173
Example of Robot Program .......................................... 125
<O>
<F> OTHER INTERFACE SIGNALS ................................ 115
FAILED Signal ............................................................ 145 OUTLINE ...................................................................... 25
Failure to Interlock Program ........................................ 101 OUTLINE OF CNC OPERATION .............................. 121
FENCE OPEN Signal and I/O Interconnect ................. 148 Overlap Start .................................................................. 98
FL-net PARAMETER .................................................. 184 Override Change .......................................................... 142
i-1
INDEX B-75114EN/04
Override Output ........................................................... 146 SETTING FOR CNC OPERATION SCREEN.............. 50

OVERVIEW ............................................................. 1,132 Setting for Robot Connection Function........................ 177
SETTING FOR ROBOT JOG FEED OPERATION
<P> FROM CNC ............................................................... 52
P0001 (USER1) ~ Customized READY Signal ........... 150 Setting in CNC ..................................................... 11,16,20
P0002 (USER2) ~ Multiple CNC Control .................... 151 SETTING IN ROBOT ................................................... 42
P0003 and P0004.......................................................... 151 Setting in robot controller .................................... 13,17,20
P0005, P0007, P0009, P0011 (NCnIN) ........................ 151 SETTING INTERFERENCE PREVENTION SPACE .. 48
P0006, P0008, P0010, P0012 (NCnOUT) .................... 151 SETTING JOG FRAME ................................................ 43
P0013 (NC_HND) ........................................................ 151 Setting of Data Communication ..................................... 20
P0014 (NC_PNS) ......................................................... 152 SETTING OF ROBOT STATUS................................... 37
P0015 (MVHOME) ...................................................... 152 Setting PMC Parameter ................................................ 178
P0016 (OVRUD) .......................................................... 152 SETTING PROGRAM NUMBER SELECTION (PNS)48
P0017 (PRGC) ............................................................. 152 SETTING REFERENCE POSITION ............................ 42
P0018 (CUE) ................................................................ 153 SETTING STEP OF OVERRIDE CHANGE ................ 47
P0019 (CNCJOG) ~ Heart beat of Machine Tool SETTING VALUE IN CNC ........................................ 177
Operation Screen ...................................................... 153 SETTING VALUE IN ROBOT CONTROLLER ........ 178
P0021~ P0024 (NCnT3G) ............................................ 154 SETTINGS IN ALLOCATION SCREEN ..................... 34
P0025 and P0026 (JOG FEED Operation of Robot from Settings of FL-net .......................................................... 10
CNC) ........................................................................ 154 Settings of I/O Link........................................................ 16
P0027 (T1T2) ............................................................... 154 STANDARD SETTING .............................................. 177
P0028 (S2STAT) .......................................................... 154 Standard Setting Value List in Robot Controller ......... 179
P0029, P0030, P0031, P0032 Signals for Machine Tool Start of Robot Program by CNC .................................... 96
Operation Screen ...................................................... 155 State "HOME POSITION RETURN" (S24) ................ 141
P0044, P0045 Transfer between Internal Relays and F State "JOG FEED operation" (S23) ............................. 141
Addresses/ G Addresses (R-30iB/ R-30iB Mate State "running" (S4) ..................................................... 145
Controller or Later) .................................................. 155 State "Maintenance" and State "Service" ..................... 138
Program Call and Queue .............................................. 144 State "launching" (S3) .................................................. 144
Program Reply ............................................................. 147 State "HAND operation" (S22) .................................... 141
State "finished" (S5)..................................................... 145
<R> State "Maintenance" and State S1~S6.......................... 140
READY Signal and Not READY Signal. .................... 145 STATE AND TRANSITION OF ROBOT
Recovery from Failure of a Robot Program ................... 97 CONTROLLER ....................................................... 132
Remote Operation Run ................................................. 142 State Transition of CNC ............................................... 142
Reset from CNC ........................................................... 146 States Inside "Service" ................................................. 139
RESOURCE ................................................................. 135 Structure of Robot Ladder Program ............................. 135
Resume ......................................................................... 146
Robot JOG FEED Operation from CNC ...................... 148 <T>
ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM................................... 132 TEACHING MACRO PROGRAM FOR REMOTE
Robot Power On ........................................................... 147 OPERATION ........................................................... 128
ROBOT PROGRAM.................................................... 124 Teaching Program for Hand Operation ........................ 129
ROBOT PROGRAM SELECT SCREEN ...................... 56 Teaching Program for Home Position Return .............. 131
Robot Program Status (D0001, PGRUNC, PGABTC, TEMPORARY SEPARATION OF CNC ...................... 23
PGENDC)................................................................. 147 THEACHING ROBOT PROGRAM TO INTERLOCK
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION ON CNC ................ 102 WITH MACHINE .................................................... 124
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION SCREEN ................. 60 Timer............................................................................ 137
ROBOT REMOTE OPERATION SCRREN ................. 29 Tool Offset Screen ......................................................... 80
ROBOT SCREEN ON CNC .......................................... 53 TRANSFER I/O COMMENTS IN ROBOT
ROBOT STATUS SCREEN .......................................... 53 CONTROLLER ......................................................... 45
Transition T1 (Remote Operation Request and the
<S> Transition to the State "Remote Operation") ............ 140
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ........................................... s-1 Transition T2 (End of Remote Operation and the
SAMPLE LADDER PROGRAM FOR SYSTEM Transition to the State "Idle" (S1)) ........................... 141
OPERATION ............................................................. 32 Transition T3 (Program Call Request from the Queue)144
Separation of CNC when Using FL-net ......................... 23 Transition T4 (Failure to Launch) ................................ 145
Separation of CNC when Using I/O Link ...................... 23 Transition T5 (Successful Program Launching)........... 145
SETTING ALARM MESSAGE TRANSFER ............... 46 Transition T6 (Program end) ........................................ 145
SETTING AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC ................... 24 Transition T7................................................................ 145
i-2
B-75114EN/04 INDEX
Type of Setting Value and Applicable Condition ........ 178
<U>
UI Signals..................................................................... 146
Unused Internal Relays ................................................ 173
Unused Subprogram ..................................................... 173
UO Signals ................................................................... 146
USAGE OF BUILT-IN FUNCTIONS OF THE ROBOT
CONTROLLER........................................................ 147
Usage of Internal Relays .............................................. 135
<W>
Wiring for Data Communication .................................... 19
Wiring when FL-net is Used ............................................ 9
Wiring when I/O Link is Used ......................................... 9
i-3
B-75114EN/04 REVISION RECORD
REVISION RECORD
Edition Date Contents
 Addition of Detail for CNC power ON signal
04 Aug., 2017  Addition of Attention for FRAME INTERVAL
 Support R-30iB Plus, R-30iB Mate Plus
 FANUC Series 30i /31i /32i -MODEL B are supported.
 FANUC Series 35i -MODEL B is supported.
03 Jul., 2013
 FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A is supported.
 FANUC Robot series R-30iB/R-30iB Mate controller are supported.
 FANUC Series 0i-MODELD is supported.
02 Feb., 2010  CNC operation screen is added in the robot controller.
 Chapter 10 ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM is revised.
01 Aug., 2009
r-1
B-75114EN/04
* B - 7 5 1 1 4 E N / 0 4 *

B-75114en 04

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

B-75114en 04

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

B-75114en 04

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Robot and Machine Tool Integration Function

Thank you very much for purchasing FANUC Robot.

• No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form.

DEFINITION OF SAFETY NOTATIONS

• Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.

Name Drawing No.

FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64483EN

FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64485EN

FANUC Series 35i -MODEL B MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64525EN

FANUC Series 35i -MODEL B OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-64524EN

FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64573EN

FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64575EN

FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-64574EN

FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL A CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-63943EN

FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL A MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-63945EN

Name Drawing No.

FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL A PMC PROGRAMMING MANUAL B-63983EN

FANUC PICTURE OPERATOR’S MANUAL B-66284EN

FANUC Series 0i -MODEL D MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64305EN

FANUC Series 0i -MODEL D Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System B-64304EN

FANUC Series 0i -MODEL D PMC PROGRAMMING MANUAL B-64393EN

FANUC Series 0i -MODEL F CONNECTION MANUAL (HARDWARE) B-64603EN

FANUC Series 0i -MODEL F MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64605EN

FANUC Series 0i -MODEL F Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System B-64604EN

FANUC Robot Series R-30iA CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-82595EN

FANUC Robot Series R-30iA Mate CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-82725EN

FANUC Robot Series R-30iB/R-30iB Plus CONTROLLER MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-83195EN

FANUC Robot Series R-30iB Mate/R-30iB Mate Plus CONTROLLER B-83525EN

CONNECTION TO EMERGENCY STOP CIRCUIT

CONNECTION TO SAFETY FENCE SIGNAL

SAFETY DOOR OF MACHINE TOOL

Machine Tool and Robot (1)

IN CASE THAT ROBOT IS OPERATED ON CNC OPERATOR’S

Machine Tool and Robot (2)

IN CASE THAT CNC OPERATOR’S PANEL IS PLACED INSIDE

Machine Tool and Robot (3)

ABOUT LADDER PROGRAM IN CNC

ABOUT DIFFERENCE BY TYPE OF CNC

ABOUT TOUCH PANEL

Caution about CNC operator’s panel

Caution about robot teach pendant

Warning display for the touch panel error

2 CONNECTION OF CNC AND ROBOT ................................................... 7

3 SETTING AND CUSTOMIZING IN CNC ............................................... 24

4.7 SETTING INTERFERENCE PREVENTION SPACE ................................... 48

7 INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND ROBOT ........................................ 90

10 ROBOT LADDER PROGRAM ............................................................ 132

10.7.10 Robot Power On ................................................................................................... 147

B ALARM ................................................................................................ 188

Function to connect CNC with robot (CNC and robot)

Please refer to the following chapters.

Function to display the robot status and to operate robot at CNC（CNC）

Please refer to the following chapter.

Function to display CNC status and to operate CNC at robot (robot)

Please refer to the following chapter.

1.1 NECESSARY SOFTWARE OPTION

Table1.1 (a) Supported model and necessary option

Table 1.1 (b) Type of I/O transmission and necessary option